As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

Registration No. 333-248507333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.

(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)its charter)

 

Delaware

 

47-4078206

(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of

Incorporationincorporation or Organization)organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)Number)

4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200

Lehi, Utah 84043

(801) 756-2600

(Address, Including Zip Code,including zip code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)registrant’s principal executive offices)

Casey McGarvey

Chief Legal Officer

Purple Innovation, Inc.

4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200

Lehi, Utah 84043

(801) 756-2600

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code,address, including zip code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,telephone number, including area code, of Agentagent for Service)service)

Copies to:

Nolan S. Taylor

David F. Marx

Dorsey & Whitney LLP

111 S. Main Street, 21st Floor

Salt Lake City, Utah

Nolan S. Taylor

David F. Marx

Dorsey & Whitney LLP

111 South Main Street, Suite 2100

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

(801) 933-7360

Tad J. Freese

Brian D. Paulson

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

(801) 933-7360

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable

From time to time, after the effective date of this registration statement becomes effective.Registration Statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.  ☐

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”filer” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:Act.

 

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company 
Accelerated Filer   Emerging growth company 
Non-accelerated filer

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 Amount to be
Registered
 Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share (3)
 Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (3)
 Amount of
Registration Fee (4)

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (1)(2)

 

13,600,000

 $17.85 $242,760,000 $31,510.25

 

 

(1)

Pursuant to Rule 416 underThe Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other similar transaction.

(2)

Includes additional shares of Class A Common Stock that the underwriter has the option to purchase to cover overallotments, if any.

(3)

Pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act, and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum offering price is $17.85, which is the average of the high and low prices of the Class A Common Stock on September 3, 2020, on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

(4)

The registrant previously paid $29,699.88 of the filing fee with the initial filing of this registration statement.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A)or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.may determine.

 

 

 


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdictionstate where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED September 8, 2020MARCH 16, 2022

PROSPECTUS

PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.

 

LOGO

LOGO$100,000,000

11,826,087 Shares of Purple Innovation, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Debt Securities

Subscription Rights

Units

 

 

TheWe may offer and sell from time to time, in one or more series or issuances and on terms that we will determine at the time of the offering, any combination of the securities described in this prospectus, up to an aggregate amount of $100,000,000. We may also offer shares of Class A common stock or preferred stock upon conversion of debt securities, Class A common stock upon conversion of preferred stock, or Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities upon the exercise of warrants.

We will provide specific terms of any offering in a supplement to this prospectus. Any prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information includedcontained in this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement as well as the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus relatesbefore you purchase any of the securities offered hereby.

These securities may be offered and sold in the same offering or in separate offerings; to or through underwriters, dealers and agents; or directly to purchasers. The names of any underwriters, dealers or agents involved in the resalesale of 11,826,087our securities, their compensation and any over-allotment options held by them will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. See the section titled “Plan of Distribution.”

Our Class A common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PRPL”. On March 15, 2022, the last reported sale price for our Class A common stock was $6.81 per share. We will provide information in any applicable prospectus supplement regarding any listing of securities other than shares of our Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), by the selling stockholder (the “Selling Stockholder”) named in this prospectus. See “Selling Stockholder.”

We will not receivecommon stock on any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this prospectus. However, we have agreed to pay certain expenses associated with the registration and sale of shares pursuant to this prospectus.

We provide more information about how the Selling Stockholder will sell the shares of Class A Common Stock in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Our Class A Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “PRPL.” On September 4, 2020, the last reported sales price of the Class A Common Stock was $18.62 per share.

The underwriter has an option to purchase a maximum of 1,773,913 additional shares of our Class A Common Stock from the Selling Stockholder. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares.securities exchange.

An investment in our securities involves risks. SeeINVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES INVOLVES SIGNIFICANT RISKS. YOU SHOULD REVIEW CAREFULLY THERisk FactorsRISK FACTORSbeginning on page 15 of this prospectus, page 10 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, and any updates to those risk factors or new risk factors contained in our subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC, all of which we incorporate by reference herein.ON PAGE 7 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE APPLICABLE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES.

 

 

Per shareTotal

Public offering price

$$

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

$$

Proceeds to selling stockholder, before expenses

$$
(1)

See “Underwriting” beginning on page 104 for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriter.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors—We are an emerging growth company, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A Common Stock less attractive to investors.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined ifpassed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus is truthful or complete.prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

BofA Securities

The date of this prospectus is     , 2020.2022


TABLE OF CONTENTSTable of Contents

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

   iiPage 

SUMMARYAbout this Prospectus

   1 

RISK FACTORSProspectus Summary

   152 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSRisk Factors

   567 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATACautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   578 

USE OF PROCEEDSUse of Proceeds

   589 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONSDescription of Capital Stock

   5910 

BUSINESSDescription of Warrants

   7619 

SELLING STOCKHOLDERDescription of Debt Securities

   8821 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONSDescription of Subscription Rights

   8928 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCKDescription of Units

   9329 

UNDERWRITINGPlan of Distribution

   10430 

LEGAL MATTERSLegal Matters

   11134 

EXPERTSExperts

   11134 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATIONWhere You Can Find More Information

   11134 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCEInformation Incorporated by Reference

   11234 

You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus, as well as the information incorporated by reference into this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document. Since the respective dates of this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed.

 

i


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3that we filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, (the “SEC”). Weor the SEC, using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf process, we may, from time to time, sell any combination of the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings up to a total amount of $100,000,000.

This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer. Each time we sell securities, we will not receive any proceeds fromprovide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the saleterms of shares of Class A Common Stockthat offering. The prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change information contained in the prospectus and, accordingly, to the extent inconsistent, information in this prospectus is superseded by the Selling Stockholder. However, we agreedinformation in the prospectus supplement.

The prospectus supplement to pay certain expenses associatedbe attached to the front of this prospectus may describe, as applicable: the terms of the securities offered; the public offering price; the price paid for the securities; net proceeds; and the other specific terms related to the offering of the securities.

You should only rely on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus relating to a particular offering. No person has been authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus in connection with the offering described herein and therein, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither this prospectus nor any prospectus supplement nor any related free writing prospectus shall constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy offered securities in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful for such person to make such an offering or solicitation. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration and salestatement. For a more complete understanding of shares pursuantthe offering of the securities, you should refer to this prospectus. the registration statement, including its exhibits.

You should read the entire prospectus and any prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus, as well as the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus together with additionalor any prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus, before making an investment decision. Neither the delivery of this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that the information described below under the captions “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Documents Incorporatedcontained or incorporated by Reference.”

No offer of these securities will be madereference herein or in any jurisdiction whereprospectus supplement or free writing prospectus is correct as of any date subsequent to the offerdate hereof or of such prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus, as applicable. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or any document incorporated by reference is accurate only as of the date of the applicable documents, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

We have several trademarks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), including EquaPressure®, WonderGel® and EquaGel® (for cushions), and Purple®, No Pressure®, Hyper-Elastic Polymer®, Somnigel®, and Gel Matrix® (for plasticized elastomeric gel and certain types of products including mattresses, seat cushions, bed linen, mattress foundation and others). Additional registered trademarks include Purple Grid®, The Purple Mattress®, Purple Hybrid®, and Purple Hybrid Premier®. Our logo and our other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are our property. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames may be referred to in the remainder of this prospectus without the or ® symbol, but those references are not permitted.intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary description about us and our business highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus or incorporated in this prospectus by reference. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying securities in this offering. You should carefully read this entire prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement, including each of the documents incorporated herein or therein by reference, before making an investment decision. Unless the context indicates otherwise requires, the terms “Purple,” “Purple Inc.,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Purple Innovation, Inc. (formerly known as Global Partner Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation. References in this prospectus to the “Business Combination” refer to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreementcorporation, and, Plan of Merger, dated as of November 2, 2017 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), which transactions were consummated on February 2, 2018.

ii


SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. This summary is qualified inwhere appropriate, its entirety by the more detailed information included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Before making your investment decision with respect to our Class A Common Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus and the documents referred to in “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Documents Incorporated by Reference.”subsidiary Purple Innovation, LLC (“Purple LLC”).

The CompanyOverview

Our mission is to help people feel and live better through innovative comfort solutions.

We are a digitally-native vertical brand founded on comfort product innovation with premium offerings. We design and manufacture a variety of innovative, branded and premium comfort products, including mattresses, pillows, cushions, frames,bases, sheets, and other products. Our products are the result of over 30 years of innovation and investment in proprietary and patented comfort technologies and the development of our own manufacturing processes. Our proprietary gel technology, Hyper-Elastic Polymer,®, underpins many of our comfort products and provides a range of benefits that differentiate our offerings from other competitors’ products. We market and sell our products through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) online channels,e-commerce and Purple retail showrooms and retail brick-and-mortar wholesale partners, third-party online retailerspartners.

Recent Developments in our Business

Production and Demand Developments

During the second quarter of 2021, following an accident that resulted in the death of an employee and subsequent safety improvements involving the Mattress Max machines, we encountered isolated production challenges caused by unanticipated mechanical and maintenance issues when bringing the machines back online. As a result, we experienced significantly reduced production levels causing shipment backlogs that unfavorably affected both second and third quarter net revenues. We exited the month of July with production from our owned retail showrooms. Our showrooms onexisting machines back at planned levels and emerged from our backlog position at the West Coast temporarily closed due to temporary shutdownsend of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives throughout the United States in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. WeAugust. With our production back at planned levels, we were able to re-openincrease our three Company showrooms in California in June 2020, one of which subsequently closed again in July 2020 in compliance with local orders.

The foundation of our business is core competencies in design, development and manufacturing. Decades of accumulated knowledge enablefinished goods inventory to adequate stock levels that enabled us to create all aspects ofresume timely shipments to our innovative products, including the fundamental comfort technologies and the machines and processes necessary to bring them to market. We have vertically integrated our operations to include research and development, marketing and manufacturing, resulting in an ability to rapidly test, learn, adapt and scale our product offerings. In order to solve complex manufacturing challenges such as large-format injection molding of our Purple Grid (the primary component in our mattresses made with our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology), we designed and produced our own manufacturing equipment including our proprietary and patented Mattress Max machinery. There were and still are no off-the-shelf solutions that can handle both our size and scale requirements. We believe our combination of patents and intellectual property, proprietary and patented manufacturing equipment, production processes and decades of acquired knowledge create an advantage over our competitors who rely on commoditized materials, such as foam and outsourced manufacturing.

In addition to developing transformative, differentiated products and technologies, we have built a brand that has high customer engagement and avid online advocates. We have an experienced digital marketing team that generates digital marketing content which enables efficient customer acquisition and builds brand affinity. We believe that our digital marketing strategy enables us to market our full product suite to customers generate frequent interactions online and drive traffic to all channels online and offline that offer our products.

While the COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and led to declines in our wholesale business, we have been able to capitalize on the DTC macro trend that is transforming the bedding industry. To complement our DTC channel, we have developed multiple wholesale relationships with established vendors such as Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan, Rooms to Go, and Bed Bath & Beyond. We believe that our distinctly differentiated products, marketing strategies, manufacturing capabilities, unique branding and proprietary technologies position us to



continue to drive our growth in comfort products. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our DTC sales channel accounted for 62% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 38% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 94% of our revenue and other products accounted for 6%. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our DTC sales channel accounted for 79% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 21% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 92% of our revenue and other products accounted for 8%. For the three months ended June 30, 2020, our DTC sales channel accounted for 88% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 12% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 91% of our revenue and other products accounted for 9%.

We have recently experienced significant growth, as evidenced by the following achievements:

Net revenue increased 54% to $287.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to $186.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019

Net income was $14.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to a net loss of ($8.1) million in the six months ended June 30, 2019

Adjusted EBITDA was $45.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to $12.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019

Total doors increased 73% to 1,849 as of June 30, 2020, compared to 1,064 as of June 30, 2019 from omni-channel initiatives and wholesale channel expansion

LOGOLOGO

The Average Selling Price for mattresses increased 8%, or $135 per mattress, in the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019 due to price increases implemented in the third quarter of 2019, the introduction of new premium products, and the shift in product mix toward more premium products in both the DTC and wholesale channels

LOGOLOGO


Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations for Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the section entitled “Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 66 of this prospectus.

Industry and Competition

Our portfolio of products is driven by our commitment to innovating real comfort solutions that meaningfully help “every body” feel and live better.

Bedding

The bedding category encompasses a variety of products including mattresses, bases, foundations, sheets, mattress protectors, blankets, duvets and pillows. Meaningful innovation in sleep products has been infrequent and limited over the last 150 years. The first coil spring mattress was introduced in the 1860s and it continues to remain one of the most widely adopted technologies. Over 100 years after the creation of the coil spring mattress, the memory foam-based mattress was launched in 1992, with latex, water and air mattresses also emerging during the latter part of the 20th century. Our Purple Grid represents a meaningful innovationthird quarter.

Even though we were able to return to planned production capacity in the following key areas: pressure relief, temperature neutrality, responsiveness, durabilitythird quarter, our results of operations did not return to expected levels, which we believe was primarily due to slower than expected acceleration back to prior trending demand levels. We also believe that the production challenges experienced in the second and limited motion transfer.

The market for beddingthird quarters adversely affected the confidence of consumers and our wholesale partners in our ability to timely deliver our products, is large, growingwhich resulted in reduced orders and undergoing fundamental transformations on account of digitalincreased cancellations from e-commerce, wholesale and Purple retail showroom customers. Further, in an effort to manage costs as we worked to resolve the production issues described above, we initiated a reduction in marketing and DTC distribution. The U.S. mattress industry is predominantly comprised of vendorsspend late in the second quarter that rely on retail distribution as well as a growing number of DTC retailers. The traditional market, led by Tempur-Sealy and Serta Simmons, comprises the vast majoritycarried through most of the bedding market. Mattresses from our competitors are typically manufactured using one or more layers of springs, standard polyurethane foam, memory foam, air bladders or latex foam.

Over the past several years, growth of the DTC market exceeded that of the broader industry. DTC retailers are typically characterized by e-commerce distribution channels, more affordable pricing, free shipping and returns and limited product offerings. DTC retailers typically use layers of foam cushioning that are assembled into a mattress and compressed and rolled into a box for distribution. The DTC market is highly fragmented and highly competitive, based primarily on price, and is rapidly evolving. DTC competitors include, but are not limited to Casper, Leesa, Resident (Nectar), Saatva and Tuft & Needle. We believe their products are generally low-cost foam, often imported and undifferentiated in terms of sleep benefits.

Traditional brick-and-mortar retailers remain a significant part of the market for bedding products. This part of the retail market is also highly fragmented and competitive. The leading brick-and-mortar retailers in the United States and Canada are, respectively, Mattress Firm and Sleep Country Canada. These national retailers compete with regional and smaller retailers and retail channels such as furniture and department stores.

Across these channels, some key factors that impact competition in our industry include product features, reliable logistics, marketing efficiency, brand recognition and reputation, expertise of sales and after-market support, pace of innovation and product roadmap, price of products and services, and financial stability and ability to invest in innovation.

Seat Cushions and Other

Our seat cushions and other category consists of seating cushions and other products that can be purchased independent of furniture. To the best of our knowledge, there are no independent market analyses that define the size and growth of this category. It is important to note that there is a significantly larger market for cushioning technology embedded within furniture including chairs and sofas as well as seats found in



transportation and other categories requiring seating solutions. We believe this is a substantial market opportunity that we could pursue with either branded product offerings or through branded OEM partnerships to embed our technology.

What Makes Purple Different?

We believe Purple has a particular set of competitive strengths that differentiate and position us for continued success:

History of innovation that produced new comfort technology—We are a company built on innovation and licensing founded over 30 years ago and decades of developing innovative comfort technology products, including the invention of our proprietary and patented Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology and the Purple Grid component. Our breakthrough mattress represents what we believe to be the first substantive innovation in the mattress industry since the introduction of memory foam in 1992. We believe that the unique properties of the Purple Grid cushion enable a number of improvements over existing bedding, compared to competing foam, spring and air mattresses.

Pressure Relief—The Purple Grid is designed around the science of column buckling which enables firm support across the larger surface areas of a body, while providing pressure relief at local areas or points of pressure or shape. We believe our founders were the first to leverage this science in mattresses. Some of their first mattresses in production were licensed decades ago to medical manufacturers for uses such as critical care beds and continue to this day to be used in hospital beds. The resulting feel is often described as buoyant, similar to floating on water.

Temperature Neutral—The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material itself is temperature neutral, and the nature of the Purple Grid is that the surface is mostly air (the channels within the grid), which allows for high air-flow and dissipation of heat and vapor. Foam beds absorb heat from the body and then radiate the heat back, constantly increasing the temperature. The Purple Grid allows for continual sleeping without waking up hot.

Responsive—Unlike memory foam, which compresses, gets hard and then takes time to recoil, the Purple Grid is instantly responsive to the body as it moves.

Durable—Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is a highly durable gel that we believe outlasts most foams by two to three times. The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology also has numerous applications beyond mattress products including current products such as seat cushions and pillows, as well as future product categories. The development of the Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology is only one of numerous innovations we have achieved to produce a range of unique and effective comfort products across the bedding and seat cushion and other categories.

Proprietary technologies and manufacturing expertise provide a significant competitive advantage—We believe that the combination of patent protection, proprietary manufacturing equipment and decades of accumulated knowledge creates a competitive advantage through barriers of imitation. We own or have the exclusive right to use over 100 granted or pending patents that cover current and future products as well as proprietary manufacturing equipment we have designed and fabricated. Our Mattress Max machine, designed and built by Purple, allows for large-format injection molding of gels at scale, which we believe is not a commercially available capability outside of Purple. Capabilities such as these are essential to produce our products efficiently and at scale. Our seventh Mattress Max machine came online in the secondthird quarter, of 2020.



Growing brand with passionate following—Our brand mirrors our passion for uncompromising performance, quality and durability, and with effective use of humor and viral marketing, has been able to cut-through the competitive noise. We believe that our digital marketing strategy has achieved a level of social media engagement that few competitors can match, including a series of videos that have been seen more than 2.5 billion times across Facebook, YouTube, and Snapchat. Our brand has been able to extend beyond awareness of individual products and we have successfully marketed our full suite of products to customers using a DTC strategy. We believe customer satisfaction of our product has continued to drive “word of mouth” as the most common reason cited as to how a customer has heard of Purple.

Balanced, omni-channel distribution strategy—We have sought opportunities to obtain wide reach in brick-and-mortar retailers where our beds could be on display. This is a very different approach versus the majority of bed-in-a-box players who sought traditional Consumer Packaged Goods (“CPG”) distribution, e.g. boxes on shelves. Our goal is to support the customer wherever and however they want to learn, try, and buy through wholesale, owned showrooms, and DTC channels. We are a leader in the DTC category of the bedding market. Our flexible return policies and aggressive expansion of wholesale doors and showrooms allow for more of our targeted customers to feel and experience our products throughout the purchase process. In our wholesale channel, we sell most of our products through select national and regional accounts as well as a variety of independent retail partners throughout the United States. As a result, we believe we are driving accelerated growth in the bedding market compared to the traditional retail bedding industry.

Premium product offerings—The rise of DTC and discounting in retail has oversaturated the market in value mattresses priced below $1,000 for a queen, with continual downward price pressure driven by Amazon and other large discount channels. According to the International Sleep Products Association 2Q19 Bedding Market Quarterly Report (“ISPA Quarterly Report”), in the quarter ended June 30, 2019, 70% of mattresses sold were priced below $1,000 for a queen and yet made up only 43% of the revenue. Our premium queen mattresses start at the $1,100 price point and range up to $3,000. The ISPA Quarterly Report also indicates that 30% of units sold are above $1,000 for a queen, but earn 57% of industry revenue. We believe there is opportunity to take share on the premium side of the market.

Vertical integration enables nimble design, development and execution—We design and develop our cushioning products in-house and we have extensive research and development capabilities led by a team of engineers, industrial designers and marketing specialists. The ability to develop and test products in this manner enables us not only to prototype and deploy new ideas, but also to design and develop corresponding manufacturing equipment and processes. In addition, we continuously refine our production methods to improve product quality and enhance efficiency. The resulting real-time feedback cycle is a key differentiator compared to other competitors that outsource many of these functions and lack an integrated approach.

Growth Strategies

Further direct-to-consumer growth and penetration—We believe that we are well positioned to leverage our brand, leading product portfolio, vertical integration and strong marketing capabilities to continue to attract new customers via our DTC channel. Our site was originally built for only a few SKUs and we are investing in redesign and re-platforming as our assortment has grown. Continued successful execution within the DTC channel represents a significant growth opportunity.



Expanded omni-channel distribution and retail relationships—Expanding retail distribution of our products via new and existing arrangements represents an opportunity to tap into the large brick-and-mortar category of the cushioning market. We currently sell our products through numerous wholesale partners including Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan, Rooms to Go, and Bed Bath & Beyond. We are also in discussions with multiple new potential partners to expand our wholesale distribution capabilities. Our showrooms on the West Coast temporarily closed due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives throughout the United States in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We were able to re-open our three Company showrooms in California in June 2020, one of which subsequently closed again in July 2020 in compliance with local orders.

Existing product innovation—We have a rich history of product innovation and have developed core competencies in design, prototyping and manufacturing. This vertical integration enables us to continuously refine our existing products and manufacturing processes, as well as to introduce new offerings, with the potential to attract new customers and drive repeat sales.

New product launches—We have a pipeline of future products we are developing. We are constantly exploring new technologies and ways to expand the benefits of our technologies through new product offerings. This includes innovations in mattresses beyond the Purple Grid, an expanded assortment based on the Harmony Pillow that includes new patent-pending technology, assortment expansion and new products in cushioning and additional categories.

International expansion—We believe there is a substantial opportunity for international expansion, and we expect to find new opportunities as we expand into various foreign markets. We anticipate entering Canada during 2020 via wholesale channels and we plan to expand in other foreign markets in the future as well. More than half of the global mattress market is outside of the United States, and we believe that our differentiated products, multi-channel distribution strategy, manufacturing capabilities, vertical integration and marketing expertise will enable us to enter new markets. We are exploring opportunities for international marketing, manufacturing and warehousing, as well as franchise and wholesale partners.

COVID-19 Pandemic Developments

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted many aspects of our operations, directly and indirectly, including disruption of our employees, consumer behavior, distribution and logistics, our suppliers, and the market overall. The scope and nature of these impacts continue to evolve. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of precautionary measures to manage our resources and mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic, which is intended to help minimize the risk to our Company, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. Employees at the Company’s headquarters and certain other employees have been asked to work from home where possible, with only limited access given to employees to work in the office when necessary. For roles that require employees to be on-site, such as our manufacturing facility and distribution center, we are providing protective equipment, practicing social distancing and increasing sanitizing standards.

Despite the ongoing challenges from COVID-19, the Company has been able to capitalize on the opportunities created by this situation. We continue to serve our customers through our Direct to Consumer (“DTC”) channel, which has remained strong throughout the quarter as consumerfurther negatively affected demand for our premium, differentiated product offerings shifted to our DTC channel. We continue to focus our effortsproducts, particularly in our DTC core competencies resultinge-commerce sales channel. In addition to adversely impacting immediate demand, these issues also interrupted our momentum in a continued acceleration in DTC channel sales across all of our product categories



throughout the quarter. This increase in demand was a contributing factor to DTCgrowth for future periods. Although we did generate net revenue growth of 128% for the three months ended June 30, 2020 over the three months ended June 30, 2019. There can be no assurance that this trend of increased demand through our DTC channel will continue. We initially experienced a sharp decline7.2% in the wholesale sidefourth quarter compared to the prior year fourth quarter, we experienced an operating loss in the quarter due to lower gross margins, higher marketing costs and an increase in general and administrative expenses. While our production and marketing efforts returned to planned levels in the fourth quarter, post-pandemic demand is shifting away from e-commerce and back towards retail brick-and-mortar. We believe this shift will continue through 2022.

In addition to a slower recovery to expected demand levels following our return to full production capacity and shift in demand from e-commerce to physical stores, our business has also been adversely impacted by increases in raw material, labor and freight costs. While we are still able to obtain necessary materials when needed, the costs of such materials have increased significantly, consistent with general macroeconomic trends. In addition, as experienced in other industries, in order to remain competitive in hiring the labor necessary to maintain our production, we have had to increase wages and other compensation. These increases in materials and labor costs have resulted in higher cost of goods sold and lower margins.

We believe that raw material, labor and freight costs will continue to remain at elevated levels or increase further in the foreseeable future. In order to offset the impact of these costs on our gross margins, we took a number of pricing actions in the fourth quarter and early 2022. In February 2022, we completed a restructuring of our business as temporary shutdownsworkforce that was necessitated by a realignment of non-essential businessesour cost structure. As a result of the realignment and shelter-at-home directives occurred in most U.S. states. As the shutdowns were lifted and stores began to open again, demand through the wholesale channel increased through the second quarter of 2020.restructuring, we reduced employee headcount by approximately 15%. In addition, we were ablehave initiated a number of other projects to improve efficiencies and reduce costs. Following several years of hyper growth and increased investments to support current and future expansion, we are now focusing on re-openright-sizing our three Company showroomsoperations, improving our execution and refining our strategies to drive profitable growth in California in June 2020, onethe current market environment.

We are also closely monitoring the impacts of which subsequently closed again in July 2020 in compliance with local orders.

This increase in DTCCOVID-19 and Wholesale demand as of June 30, 2020 allowed us to work through a portion of our on-hand inventory and required us to ramp up production. We continue to take advantage of our vertically integrated business model to adjust production schedules to leverage inventorygeneral economic conditions on hand and tightly manage labor costs. We also continue to dynamically adjust our significant discretionary online advertising spend in response to any changes in DTC trends as they develop.

Ourglobal supply chain, has not been significantly affected bymanufacturing, and logistics operations. As inflationary pressures increase, we anticipate that our production and operating costs will similarly increase. In addition, COVID-19.COVID-19 Currently,and other events, including port closures or labor shortages, have resulted in the continuation or worsening of manufacturing and shipping costs, delays and constraints. While most of our domestic suppliers arehave been able to continue operations and provide necessary materials when needed. Suppliers in China were temporarily closed as a result of the pandemic but we had sufficient inventory on hand. Many of our suppliers have resumed production and are able to supply materials as needed.

Although theneeded, we have taken measures to protect the business, we cannot predict the specific duration for which these precautionary measures will stay in effect, and we may elect or need to take additional measures as the information available to us continues to develop, includingexperienced some constraints from certain suppliers, with respect to our employees, manufacturing facilityboth the availability and distribution center, and relationships with our suppliers and customers. Based on our current projections, we believe that our cash on hand and cash generatedcost of materials. We have also experienced some delays in shipments from our operations will be sufficientsuppliers. Any significant delay or interruption in our supply chain could impair our ability to covermeet the demands of our working capital requirementscustomers and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months. However, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures in response thereto maycould negatively impact our business and liquidity will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be precisely predicted at this time.

Recent Developmentsbusiness.

Entry into EdiZONE AgreementMattress Firm Relationship

On August 14, 2020, Purple Innovation, LLC (“Purple LLC”) signed a License Transfer and IP Assignment Agreement (the “EdiZONE Agreement”) with EdiZONE, LLC (“EdiZONE”). EdiZONE is indirectly controlled by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, who served on our Board of Directors until their retirement on August 17, 2020. Under the EdiZONE Agreement, EdiZONE transferred to Purple LLC all its interest in the Amended and Restated License Agreement with Advanced Comfort Technologies, Inc. (“ACTI”) dated January 28, 2010, as amended by the Settlement Agreement and First Amendment to License Agreement between EdiZONE and ACTI dated May 1, 2017 (collectively, the “License Agreement”). Subject to certain adjustments, Purple LLC paid $8,456,191 as consideration under the EdiZONE Agreement.

Using technology licensed under the License Agreement, ACTI is a domestic competitor of Purple LLC, selling mattresses through some of the same retailers through which Purple LLC also sells its products. ACTI’s sales revenues have been increasing, resulting in increasing royalties paid to EdiZONE from the License Agreement. As a result of the EdiZONE Agreement, Purple LLC is now the direct licensor entitled to all royalties paid under the License Agreement. Also pursuant to the EdiZONE Agreement, EdiZONE assigned to Purple LLC the trademarks GEL MATRIX and INTELLIPILLOW. The EdiZONE Agreement also requires Purple LLC to indemnify EdiZONE against any claims by ACTI for EdiZONE’s breach under the License



Agreement, claims arising out of the execution of the EdiZONE Agreement, or Purple LLC’s ownership, enforcement or breach of the License Agreement.

Departure of Directors Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce and Appointment of Paul Zepf as Director

On August 17, 2020, Terry Pearce and Tony Pearce announced their retirement from our Board of Directors, effective at the end of the day August 17, 2020. As a result of Terry Pearce’s retirement, he no longer serves as Chairman of the Board or on our HR & Compensation Committee. With the retirement of Terry Pearce as Chairman of the Board, Mr. Gary DiCamillo will provide interim leadership at Board meetings, in his current role as the Lead Independent Director, until a new chairman is appointed by the Board. Terry Pearce and Tony Pearce also retired as Co-Directors of Research & Development resulting in the termination of our payment obligations under their employment agreements.

On August 18, 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Paul Zepf to fill one of the vacated Board of Director positions. Mr. Zepf had been serving as a Board observer and advisor. We anticipate compensating Mr. Zepf for his service on the Board of Directors in the same manner as other directors, as described in the section titled “Executive Compensation – Director Compensation” of our Proxy Statement filed April 20, 2020. We and Mr. Zepf have entered into an Indemnification Agreement dated as of August 18, 2020, on substantially the same terms as indemnification agreements entered into with other directors.

Mr. Zepf is currently a Management Advisory Board member at TowerBrook Capital Partners (“TCP”), a private equity firm with more than $13 billion in capital under management. From February 2018 through July 2020, Mr. Zepf was a Venture Partner and Managing Director at TCP. Mr. Zepf was the Chief Executive Officer of Global Partner Acquisition Corp (the predecessor to the Company) from its formation in June 2015 through February 2018. From February 2014 to June 2015, Mr. Zepf had been a managing director and Head of Strategic Initiatives at Golub Capital. Prior to joining Golub Capital, from March 2005 to February 2014, Mr. Zepf was a managing principal of Corporate Partners II Ltd, a Lazard-sponsored private equity fund formed to acquire significant stakes in public and private companies. The Corporate Partners funds focused on making privately negotiated minority stake and control investments in companies in need of capital for balance sheet repair, growth capital, or consolidations/acquisitions. Following the February 2009 spin-off of Corporate Partners from Lazard, Mr. Zepf also served as managing principal of Corporate Partners Management LLC until February 2014. Prior to that, from 2001 to 2009, he was also co-head of Lazard North American Private Equity, and, from 2001 to 2005, a managing director of Lazard LLC. Mr. Zepf was a managing principal of Lazard Alternative Investments from 2005 to 2009 and of Lazard Capital Partners from 2001 to 2009. Previously, from 1998 to 2001, Mr. Zepf was a managing director of Corporate Partners I and of Centre Partners, a middle market private equity firm. He started his career in the Merchant Banking Department at Morgan Stanley & Co. in 1987. From December 2006 to May 2017, Mr. Zepf was a member of the board of directors of Ironshore Ltd, a global specialty property casualty insurance company. Mr. Zepf received a B.A. and graduated with highest honors and Phi Beta Kappa from the University of Notre Dame.

Exchange of Paired Securities of InnoHold, LLC

On August 20, 2020, we issued 16,750,450 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company to InnoHold, LLC (“InnoHold”) upon InnoHold’s exchange of 16,750,450 shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company and an equal number of Class B Units of Purple LLC. The shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company and Class B Units of Purple LLC exchanged by InnoHold represent all of such securities held by InnoHold prior to the exchange. The exchange was made pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement dated February 2, 2018 between the Company,November 8, 2021, Purple LLC and InnoHold, which was filed as an exhibitMattress Firm agreed to our Current Report on Form 8-K filedterminate the September 2018 retailer agreement and replace it with a new agreement that has terms consistent with the SecuritiesCompany’s standard retailer agreement. This new agreement provides opportunity for continued partnership and Exchange Commissiongrowth with Mattress Firm while also eliminating the prior exclusivity arrangements. With the constraints on February 8, 2018.



entering markets in which Mattress Firm conducts business no longer in place, this creates opportunities to partner with new specialty retailers that were previously not available to us.

Entry into WaiverRevolving Line of Credit and Consent to Amended and Restated Credit AgreementAmendment

On August 20,In September 2020, the Company and Purple LLC entered into a Waiver and Consent to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Waiver”) with Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P., Blackwell Partners LLC-Series A, and Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (collectively the “Lenders”). All defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 26, 2019 by and among the Company and Lenders, as amended. Adam Gray, a director of the Company, is a principal the investment advisor to of the Lenders and a general partner of some of the Lenders.

The Waiver provides that should there be a Change of Control Transaction prior to September 30, 2020, in which InnoHold ceases to retain an ownership interest in the Company of 25% or more of the aggregate equity interests in the Company, the Event of Default from any such future Change of Control Transaction is prospectively waived upon the following conditions: (a) the execution and delivery of this Waiver; (b) an increase to the principal amount of the loan owing to Lenders in the amount of the current prepayment premium which is 6% of the then outstanding principal amount of the loan; (c) an increase in the interest on the loan to the Default Rate until all obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement have been paid in full; and (d) no other Event of Default occurred and is continuing or caused as a result of giving effect to this Waiver. The increase in the principal amount of the loan and the Default Rate will not occur as a condition of this Waiver until, if ever, a Change of Control Transaction occurs before September 30, 2020. If there is a Change of Control Transaction during this period, the Company will have the right to pay off the loan and no additional prepayment premium will be owed. The Waiver also provides that there will be no Change of Control Transaction and no Default or Event of Default as a result of actions of third parties, such as the issuance of shares upon the exercise of options or warrants, that cause InnoHold’s ownership interest in the Company to drop below 25% but no lower than 24%. The sale by InnoHold of the shares of Class A Common Stock registered hereunder will result in a Change of Control Transaction under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Selling Stockholder Indemnification Obligations and Escrow

In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, to secure the payment of a certain portion of specified post-closing indemnification rights of the Company under the Merger Agreement, 0.5 million shares of Class B Common Stock and 0.5 million Class B Units otherwise issuable to InnoHold as equity consideration were deposited in an escrow account to be held for up to three years from the Closing of the Business Combination pursuant to a contingency escrow agreement to secure their indemnification obligations under the Merger Agreement. At the time of the Closing of the Business Combination, the value of the escrowed securities had a market value of approximately $5 million.

In connection with the offering contemplated under this prospectus, the Paired Securities held in escrow have been exchanged and the 0.5 million shares of Class A Common Stock will be released from escrow and included in the shares to be sold by InnoHold in this offering. In lieu of these Company securities, InnoHold will provide $5 million of cash to be held in escrow to secure their indemnification obligations under the Merger Agreement.

Entry into KeyBank Credit Agreement

On September 3, 2020, the Company and Purple LLC entered into a Credit Agreement (the “KeyBank Credit Agreement”)financing arrangement with KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”) leadingand a group of financial institutions (collectively the “KeyBank Lenders”(the “2020 Credit Agreement”) and consummated the transactions contemplated thereby (the “KeyBank Closing”). All defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the KeyBank Credit Agreement. KeyBank will act as the sole administrative and collateral agent under the KeyBank Credit Agreement. The Company is a guarantor under the KeyBank Credit Agreement. In connection with the



KeyBank Closing, the Company and Purple LLC also entered a Pledge and Security Agreement, Guaranty, Collateral Assignment of Patents, Collateral Assignment of Trademarks, and Collateral Assignment of Copyrights, each as described in greater detail below.

The KeyBank Credit Agreement providesthat provided for a $45$45.0 million term loan and a $55$55.0 million revolving line of credit. Proceeds fromIn November 2021, the term loan,Company executed a $55.0 million draw on its revolving line of credit, which were fully drawn at closing, were used to retire all indebtedness related torepresented the Coliseum Credit Agreement dated as of February 2, 2018 by and among Borrower, Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), Blackwell Partners LLC-Series A (“Blackwell”) and Coliseum Co-invest Debt Fund, L.P. (and together with CCP and Blackwell, “Coliseum Lenders”), as amended and restated in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 26, 2019, and as further amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 27, 2020, the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2020, and the Waiver and Consent to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 20, 2020 (collectively the “Coliseum Loan”). The retirement of the Coliseum Loan included a prepayment fee of approximately $2.5 million. Adam Gray serves on the Company’s board of directors and is a manager of Coliseum Capital, LLC, which is the general partner of CCP.

The borrowing ratesfull amount available under the KeyBank Credit Agreement will be basedline. The outstanding balance on Purple LLC’s leverage ratio, as defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement, and can range from LIBOR plus 3.00 percent to 3.75 percent with a LIBOR minimum of 0.50 percent. The initial borrowing rate is LIBOR plus 3.00 percent, which is 3.50 percent or 850 basis points lower than Purple LLC’s current borrowing rate under the Coliseum Loan.

The term loan will be repaid according to a five-year amortization schedule, while the revolving line of credit haswas classified as long-term debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

Our operating and financial results for the year ended December 31, 2021 did not satisfy our financial and performance covenants required pursuant to the 2020 Credit Agreement. In order to avoid a five-year term. The loansbreach of such covenants and related default, on February 28, 2022, prior to the covenant compliance certification date under the KeyBank2020 Credit Agreement, maywe entered into the first amendment of the 2020 Credit Agreement. The amendment contains a covenant waiver period such that the net leverage ratio and fixed charge coverage ratio will not be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain costs. There may be mandatory prepayment obligations based on excess cash flow.

Pursuant to a Pledge and Security Agreement between Purple LLC, KeyBank, and

tested for the Company, Purple LLC’s obligations underfiscal quarter ended December 31, 2021 through the KeyBank Credit Agreement are secured by a perfected first-priority security interestfiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022. Other changes in the assetsamendment include modification of Purple LLCleverage ratio and fixed charge coverage definitions and thresholds, the Company. The Pledge and Security Agreement contains a pledge, as security for its guaranty,addition of allminimum liquidity requirements with mandatory prepayments of the Company’s ownership interests in Purple LLC.

The KeyBank Credit Agreement provides for standard events of default such as for non-payment and failure to perform or observe covenants. The KeyBank Credit Agreement contains standard indemnifications benefitting the KeyBank Lenders.

The KeyBank Credit Agreement also contains representations, warranties and certain covenants of Purple LLC and the Company. While any amounts are outstanding under the KeyBank Credit Agreement, Purple LLC is subject to a number of affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants regarding dispositions of property, investments, forming or acquiring subsidiaries, business combinations or acquisitions, incurrence of additional indebtedness, and transactions with affiliates, among other customary covenants, subject to certain exceptions. In particular, Purple LLC is (i) subject to annual capital expenditure limits that can be adjusted based on the Company achieving certain Net Leverage Ratio thresholds as provided in the KeyBank Credit Agreement, (ii) restricted from incurring additional debt up to certain amounts, subject to limited exceptions, as set forth in the KeyBank Credit Agreement, and (iii) maintain minimum Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as those terms are defined in the KeyBank Credit Agreement) thresholds at certain measurement dates. Purple LLC is also restricted from paying dividends or making other distributions or payments on its capital stock, subject to limited exceptions. If the Company or Purple LLC fail to perform their obligations under these and other covenants, or should any event of default occur, the revolving loan commitmentsif cash exceeds $25.0 million, new weekly and monthly reporting requirements, limits on the amount of capital expenditures, the addition of a lease incurrence test for opening additional showrooms, and additional negative covenants during a covenant amendment period that will extend into 2023 until certain conditions are met. In addition, the interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the KeyBank2020 Credit Agreement changed from LIBOR with a floor of 0.5% plus an applicable margin (historically at 3.0%) to an initial rate of SOFR with a floor of 0.5% plus 4.75%, for a total rate of 5.25% as long as the applicable liquidity threshold is met. If it is not met, then the interest rate goes to SOFR with a floor of 0.5% plus 9.00%. Once the consolidated leverage ratio is below 3.00 to 1.00, the interest rate will be based on SOFR with a floor of 0.5% plus a 3.00% to 3.75% depending on the consolidated leverage ratio. Pursuant to the amendment, we paid fees and expenses of $0.9 million and prepaid all principal payments due in 2022 of $2.5 million.

Outlook for Growth

To support our plans for future growth, we are initially focusing on the following immediate opportunities:

Right-size labor force and effectively manage labor

Manage capacity utilization to promote efficient use of production facilities as we grow into production footprint

Develop and execute on strategies to meaningfully expand our wholesale presence

Build premium brand position to deliver 20% market share of the premium mattress category, from current approximately 11% market share

Manage input costs, operating efficiencies, and pricing to offset gross margin erosion, with a goal to return gross margins to approximately the levels achieved in 2020 by the end of 2022

Strengthen research and development disciplines and go-to-market processes in order to expand our current categories and position our business to eventually expand to adjacent categories

There is no guarantee that we will be able to effectively execute on these opportunities, which are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including the risks described under “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may be terminateddiffer materially and any outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest,adversely from those described above. In addition, we may, in the future, adapt these focuses in response to changes in the market or our business.

Corporate Information

The Company consists of Purple Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, Purple LLC. Purple Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on May 19, 2015 as a special purpose acquisition company under the KeyBank Credit Agreement could be declared immediately due and payable.



In connection with the Closing and Purple LLC’s entry into the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into the Guaranty, pursuant to which the Company agreed to an unconditional guarantyname of the payment of all obligations and liabilities of Purple LLC under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Company and Purple LLC entered into a Collateral Assignment of Patents, Collateral Assignment of Trademarks, and Collateral Assignment of Copyrights, pursuant to which they granted to the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Creditors (as defined therein), a security interest in all of the intellectual property of the Company and Purple LLC that constitutes collateral under the Credit Agreement.

Corporate History and Structure

GPAC. On February 2, 2018, our corporate predecessor, Global Partner Acquisition Corp. (“GPAC”),we consummated the previously announced Business Combination,a transaction structured similar to a reverse recapitalization (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to which a subsidiary of GPAC merged with and into Purple LLC, with Purple LLC surviving the Business Combination as a subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, GPAC was renamed “Purple Innovation, Inc.” and the operating agreement of Purple LLC was amended so that, among other changes, the existing single class of common membership units was reclassified into two new classes of units, Class A Units and Class B Units.

The Class A Units were issued to and are solely held by Purple Inc. They are voting common units entitled to shareacquired an equity interest in the profits and losses of Purple LLC and receive distributions as declared by Purple LLC’s manager. The amended operating agreement appoints Purple Inc. asbecame its sole managing member. As the sole managing member of Purple LLC.

As the sole managing member,LLC, Purple Inc. operates, through its officers and controlsdirectors, is responsible for all operational and administrative decision making and control of the day-to-daybusiness and affairs of Purple LLC.LLC without the approval of any other member. At December 31, 2021, Purple Inc. has the sole control of the management and operations of Purple LLC. The Class B Units were initially issued solely to InnoHold. Holders of Class B Units have limited voting rights in Purple LLC and are entitled to share in the profits and losses of Purple LLC and to receive distributions as declared by Purple LLC’s manager. Purple Inc. holds the majorityhad a 99% economic interest in Purple LLC.

Also in connection with the Business Combination, Purple Inc. amended its certificate of incorporation and renamed its existing common stock as Class A Common Stock and created a new class of stock namedLLC while other Class B Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PRPL.” The Class B Common Stock was initially issued solely to InnoHold. Holders of Class B Common Stock have voting rights commensurate with the Class A Common Stock, but are not entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Board. In general (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding will always equal the number of Class A Units held by Purple Inc., and (ii) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding will always equal the number of Class B Units then outstanding.

One share of Class B Common Stock, together with one Class B Unit, is exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. Upon an Exchange of a Class B Unit pursuant to the Exchange Agreement for a share of Class A Common Stock, the corresponding share of Class B Common Stock will be automatically cancelled for no consideration. In addition, upon an exchange, Purple LLC will issue to Purple Inc. an equivalent number of Class A Units. Shares of Class B Common Stock may only be transferred to a person other than the Company or Purple LLC if the transferee is a permitted transferee described in the Exchange Agreement and an equal number of Class B Units are simultaneously transferred to such transferee.

On August 20, 2020, InnoHold exchanged 16,750,450 Paired Securities, representing all ofunit holders had the remaining Paired Securities held by InnoHold, for 16,750,450 shares of Class A Common Stock. As of August 20, 2020, there were 631,485 shares of Class B Common Stock or Class B Units outstanding. Following such exchange by InnoHold, Purple Inc. holds the majority economic interest in Purple LLC.

The following diagram summarizes the capital structure of Purple Inc. and Purple LLC, excluding outstanding warrants and options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock.



LOGO

Executive Offices1%.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200, Lehi, Utah 84043. Our84043 and our telephone number is (801) 756-2600. Our website address is located at www.purple.com.www.purple.com. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered a part of and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.



The OfferingSecurities We May Offer

We may offer up to $100,000,000 of Class A common stock, preferred stock, warrants, debt securities, subscription rights and units in one or more offerings and in any combination. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer. A prospectus supplement, which we will provide each time we offer securities, will describe the specific amounts, prices and terms of these securities.

Common Stock

Holders of our Class A common stock are registeringentitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the resaletime, the holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the Selling Stockholder namednumber of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders.

Each series of preferred stock will be more fully described in the particular prospectus supplement that will accompany this prospectus, including redemption provisions, rights in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, voting rights and rights to convert into Class A common stock.

Warrants

We may issue warrants for the purchase of Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. We may issue warrants independently or together with other securities.

Debt Securities

We may offer secured or unsecured obligations in the form of one or more series of senior or subordinated debt. The senior debt securities and the subordinated debt securities are together referred to in this prospectus as the “debt securities.” The subordinated debt securities generally will be entitled to payment only after payment of 11,826,087 sharesour senior debt. Senior debt generally includes all debt for money borrowed by us, except debt that is stated in the instrument governing the terms of Class A Common Stock.

Resalethat debt to be not senior to, or to have the same rank in right of Class A Common Stock by Selling Stockholder

Shares of Class A Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder

11,826,087 shares.

Shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering

53,616,866 shares.

Shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding after this Offering

53,616,866 shares.

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock

1,773,913 shares.

Use of proceeds

All of the shares of Class A Common Stock will be sold by the Selling Stockholder for its account. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.

Trading Market and Ticker Symbol for Class A Common Stock

Our shares of Class A Common Stock are currently listed on NASDAQ under the symbols “PRPL.”

The number ofpayment as, or to be expressly junior to, the subordinated debt securities. We may issue debt securities that are convertible into shares of our Class A Common Stockcommon stock.

The senior and subordinated debt securities will be issued under separate indentures between us and a trustee. We have summarized the general features of the debt securities to be outstanding aftergoverned by the indentures. These indentures have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this offering is basedprospectus forms a part. We encourage you to read these indentures. Instructions on 53,616,866 shareshow you can get copies of these documents are provided in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Subscription Rights

We may issue subscription rights to purchase our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of August 26, 2020,common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. These subscription rights may be offered independently or together with any other security offered hereby and excludes:may or may not be transferable by the stockholder receiving the subscription rights in such offering.

Units

0.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an Exchange of outstanding Paired Securities held by certain stockholders, which shares of Class A Common Stock are not included in this prospectus;

2.4 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2020 with a weighted average exercise price of $7.75 per share; and

16.8 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants,We may issue units comprised of 14.2 million sharesone or more of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercisethe other classes of outstanding Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants (as defined below), and 2.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Incremental Loan Warrants (as defined below).

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the informationsecurities issued by us as described in this prospectus does not take into accountin any combination. Each unit will be issued so that the 1,773,913 additional sharesholder of our Class A Common Stock which the underwriter hasunit is also the option to purchase fromholder of each security included in the Selling Stockholder.unit.



Risk Factors

Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read and consider the information set forth in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.



RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves risks and uncertainties. You should consider carefullya high degree of risk. The prospectus supplement applicable to each offering of our securities will contain a discussion of the risks described below, those beginning on page 10 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, and any updatesapplicable to those risk factors or new risk factors containedan investment in our subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filedsecurities. Prior to making a decision about investing in our securities, you should carefully consider the specific factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in the applicable prospectus supplement, together with the SEC, all of which we incorporate by reference herein, as well as the other information includedcontained or incorporated by reference in the prospectus supplement or appearing or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Any of the risk factors could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects and the trading price of our securities.

Risks Related to the Offering

Future sales of our Class A Common Stock may depress our share price.

As of August 26, 2020, we had 53,616,866 shares of our Class A Common Stock and 631,485 shares of our Class B Common Stock outstanding. Sales of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock in the public market or issuances of additional shares pursuant to the exercise of our outstanding warrants, or the expectation of such sales or exercises, could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline. We may also sell additional shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock in subsequent public or private offerings or other transactions, which may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Our stockholders may experience substantial dilution in the value of their investment if we issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Our charter allows us to issue up to 300 million shares of our Common Stock, including 210 million shares of Class A Common Stock and 90 million shares of Class B Common Stock, and up to five million shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. To raise additional capital, we may in the future sell additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A Common Stock at prices that are lower than the prices paid by existing stockholders, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing stockholders, which could result in substantial dilution to the interests of existing stockholders.

We may issue debt and equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, any of which may be senior to our Class A Common Stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our Class A Common Stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by entering into additional debt or debt-like financing that is unsecured or secured by up to all of our assets, or by issuing additional debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of secured or unsecured notes, preferred stock, hybrid securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to holders of our Class A Common Stock, and holders of preferred securities would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings may be influenced by market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may experience significant fluctuations in our operating results and growth rate, which could adversely affect our performance and financial results.

Our revenue growth may not be sustainable, and our percentage growth rates may decrease. Our revenue and operating profit growth depend on the continued growth of demand for our products, and our business is affected by general economic and business conditions worldwide. Our business, our employees and our partners may also be negatively affected by political or social unrest including potential reputational damage, disruption of our physical facilities or those of our wholesale partners, and boycotts by employees or boycotts against us, our suppliers, our wholesale partners and our advertising partners. A softening of demand, whether caused by changes in customer confidence or preferences or a weakening of the U.S. or global economies, may result in decreased revenue or growth.

In addition, we rely on estimates and forecasts of our expenses and revenues to provide guidance and inform our business strategies, and some of our past estimates and forecasts have not been accurate. The rapidly evolving nature of our business makes forecasting operating results difficult. If we fail to accurately forecast our expenses and revenues, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may suffer, and the value of our business may decline. If our estimates and forecasts prove incorrect, we may not be able to adjust our operations quickly enough to respond to lower than expected sales or higher than expected expenses.

Our sales and operating results will also fluctuate for many other reasons, including due to risks described elsewhere in this section and the following:

our ability to attract new customers and the cost of acquiring new customers;

our ability and the time required to develop new Mattress Max machines, develop new production lines, scale production capacity and appropriately train staff;

the success of our wholesale business and our Company showroom expansion efforts;

our ability to have enough production capacity to meet customer demand;

our ability to effectively manage increasing sales and marketing expenses;

our access to sufficient capital resources and liquidity to fund the growth of our business;

competition from the sublicensees of intellectual property licensed back to EdiZONE;

our ability to offer products on favorable terms, manage inventory, fulfill orders and manage product returns;

the introduction of competitive products, services, price decreases, discounts, or improvements;

timing, effectiveness, and costs of expansion and upgrades of our systems and infrastructure;

the success of our geographic and product line expansions, including but not limited to power requirements, labor needs, and ease of product distribution;

the success of hiring, expeditiously training, and retaining engaged labor locally and worldwide;

our ability to secure and retain superior global partners for specialized delivery services;

the extent to which we use debt or equity financing, and the terms of any such financing for, our current operations and future growth;

the outcomes of legal proceedings, claims, or governmental investigations or rulings, which may include significant monetary damages or injunctive relief and could have a material adverse impact on our operating results;

the ability to obtain patent and other intellectual property rights of exclusive use, and the enforceability and validity of our intellectual property rights;

our ability to accommodate variations in the mix of products we sell;

variations in our level of product returns, as well as our methods of collecting product returns or exchanges;

the extent to which we offer free shipping;

the extent to which we invest in technology and content, manufacturing, fulfillment, and other expense categories;

increases in the prices of materials used in the manufacturing of our products or the costs to produce our products, including but not limited to new or unanticipated tariffs;

our ability to anticipate and prepare for disruptions to manufacturing;

the extent to which operators of the networks between our customers and our websites successfully charge fees to grant our customers unimpaired and unconstrained access to our online services;

our ability to collect amounts owed to us when they become due;

the extent to which our internal network or website is affected by denial of service attacks, malicious unauthorized access, outages, and similar events;

the extent to which our internal network is affected by spyware, viruses, phishing and other spam emails, intrusions, data theft, downtime, and similar events;

our ability to manage the expenses associated with multiple facilities;

our ability to secure attractive real estate locations for expansion with sustainable cost structures; and

our ability to protect inventory assets from internal and external theft or damage.

We have a short operating history in an evolving industry and, as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.

We are a rapidly growing business with a short operating history. Our relatively short operating history makes it difficult to assess our future performance. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing and changing industries, including challenges in forecasting accuracy, determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market acceptance of our products and services and future products and services, competition from new and established companies, including those with greater financial and technical resources, enhancing our products and services and developing new products and services.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we incurred net losses of ($12.4) million and ($19.6) million, respectively. In 2019, we generated $22.9 million of operating cash flow and ended the year with working capital of $27.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $8.3 million. In 2018, we experienced negative operating cash flow of $21.7 million and ended the year with negative working capital of $0.9 million, and an accumulated deficit of $4.3 million. We need positive cash flow from operations and additional capital to execute our business plan and growth initiatives. If we are unable to satisfy our liquidity and capital resource requirements our business could become adversely affected.

prospectus. You should also consider our business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties we may encounter, as described above and elsewhere in this “Riskassumptions discussed under “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” section. If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

The growth of our business places significant strain on our resources and if we are unable to manage our growth, we may not have profitable operations or sufficient capital resources.

We are rapidly and significantly expanding our operations, including expanding our workforce, increasing our product offerings and scaling our infrastructure to support expansion of our manufacturing capacity, our wholesale channel expansion and the opening of our Company showrooms. Our planned growth includes increasing our manufacturing capacity, developing and introducing new products and developing new and broader distribution channels, including wholesale and Company showrooms, and extending our global reach to other countries. This expansion increases the complexity of our business and places significant strain on our management, personnel, operations, systems, technical performance, financial resources, and internal financial control and reporting functions.

Our continued success depends, in part, upon our ability to manage and expand our operations and facilities and production capacity in the face of continued growth. The growth in our operations has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. If we do not manage our growth effectively, the quality of our products and fulfillment capabilities may suffer which could adversely affect our operating results. Our revenue growth may not be sustainable, and our percentage growth rates may decrease. If we are unable to satisfy our liquidity and capital resource requirements, we may have to scale back, postpone or discontinue our growth strategies, which could result in slower growth or no growth, and we may run the risk of losing key suppliers, we may not be able to timely satisfy customer orders, and we may not be able to retain all of our employees. In addition, we may be forced to restructure our obligations to creditors or pursue work-out options.

Our growth depends in part on our ability to manage the opening and operating of new production facilities and our Company showrooms which will require our entering into leases and other obligations while the success of expanding operations geographically and opening additional Company showrooms remains unproven. To be successful, we will need to obtain or develop retail expertise and we will need to hire new employees in states that may have employment laws that could increase our expenses. In general, operating new production facilities and opening our Company showrooms in new locations exposes us to laws in other states, including California, that may not be as employer-friendly as those in which we currently operate, and may expose us to new liabilities. If we are not able to successfully manage the process of expanding operations geographically, opening our Company showrooms and maintaining operations in an expanding number of facilities and Company showrooms, we may have to close Company showrooms and incur sunk costs and continuing obligations that could put a strain upon our resources, damage our brand and reputation and limit our growth.

To manage our growth effectively, we will need to continue to implement operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures and improve the systems and procedures that are currently in place. There is no assurance that we will be able to fulfill our staffing requirements for our business, successfully train and assimilate new employees, or expand our management base and enhance our operating and financial systems. Failure to achieve any of these goals will prevent us from managing our growth in an effective

manner and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, our revenue and operating profit growth depends on the continued growth of demand for the products offered by us, and our business is affected by general economic and business conditions worldwide. A softening of demand, whether caused by changes in customer preferences or a weakening of the U.S. or global economies, may result in decreased revenue or growth. Further, we may not be able to accurately forecast our growth rate. We base our expense levels and investment plans on sales estimates. A significant portion of our expenses and investments is fixed, and we may not be able to adjust our spending quickly enough if our sales are less than expected.

When rolling out our new mattress lines through our direct-to-consumer sales channel, we identified a need for internal controls to avoid delays in the timely delivery of our new mattress products and to improve the customer’s experience. Also, we have experienced rapid growth in our employee base, and the need to implement controls and procedures for improving employee training and retention. Competition for employees where our production facilities are located also has increased the costs for employee retention. We have implemented improved controls and procedures in an environment of continuous change but our use of resources may not be as effective as intended or we may need to apply more resources than expected to continue to make changes to improve our employee retention and effectiveness and the quality of our products and services over time. If we are unable to make continuous improvement, achieve greater efficiencies in our operating expenses and improve our products and services, our business could be adversely affected.

We may need additional capital to execute our business plan and fund operations and may not be able to obtain such capital on acceptable terms or at all.

In connection with the development and expansion of our business, we expect to incur significant capital and operational expenses. We believe that we can increase our sales and net income by implementing a growth strategy that focuses on (i) increasing our manufacturing capacity, including by establishing additional manufacturing locations; (ii) increasing our direct-to-consumer sales; (iii) expanding our wholesale distribution channel; (iv) opening our Company showrooms; (v) expanding our global sales; (vi) engaging global partners to improve distribution efficiencies and cost savings; and (vii) product assortment and category expansion.

We believe that our cash flow from operations, together with other available sources of liquidity, including the additional cash we received and may have further access to under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 26, 2019 (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) by and among Purple LLC, Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A (“Blackwell”), and Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and together with CCP and Blackwell, the “Lenders”), will be sufficient to fund anticipated operating expenses, growth initiatives and our other anticipated liquidity needs for the next twelve months, based on our current operating conditions. Our ability to obtain other capital resources and sources of liquidity may not be sufficient to support future growth strategies. If we are unable to satisfy our liquidity and capital resource requirements, we may have to scale back, postpone or discontinue our growth strategies, which could result in slower growth or no growth, and we may run the risk of losing key suppliers, we may not be able to timely satisfy customer orders, and we may not be able to retain all of our employees. In addition, we may be forced to restructure our obligations to creditors, pursue work-out options or other protective measures.

Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms or at all is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including approval from the Lenders under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Adequate financing may not be available or, if available, may only be available on unfavorable terms. The restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may make it difficult to obtain additional capital on terms that are favorable to us, and the Lenders may not agree to lend us additional funds. There is no assurance we will obtain the capital we require. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fund our future operations or growth strategies. In addition, future equity or debt financings, including under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, may require us to also issue warrants or other equity securities that are

likely to be dilutive to our existing stockholders. If we make additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue additional warrants to the Lenders on the same terms as the Incremental Loan Warrants. Newly issued securities may include preferences or superior voting rights or, as described above, may be combined with the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which each may have additional dilutive effects. Furthermore, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital and financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition. If we cannot raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all, we may not be able to carry out all or parts of our long-term growth strategy, maintain our growth and competitiveness or continue in business.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business are complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management, including but not limited to estimates that affect our revenue recognition, accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, cost of revenues, sales returns, warranty liabilities, the recognition and measurement of loss contingencies, warrant liabilities, estimates of current and deferred income taxes, deferred income tax valuation allowances and amounts associated with our Tax Receivable Agreement with InnoHold (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”). Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our future growth and profitability may depend in part on our ability to continue to improve and expand our product line and to successfully execute new product introductions.

As described in greater detail below, the mattress, pillow, bedding, bed base, cushion and related industries (“Comfort Industry”) are highly competitive, and our ability to compete effectively and to profitably grow our market share depends in part on our ability to continue to improve and expand our product line and related accessory products.

We incur significant research and development and other expenditures in the pursuit of improvements and additions to our product line. If these efforts do not result in meaningful product improvements or new product introductions, or if we are not able to gain widespread consumer acceptance of product improvements or new product introductions, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, if any significant product improvements or new product introductions are not successful, our reputation and brand image may be adversely affected, and our business may be harmed.

A significant portion of our gross profit comes from our mattress products. If we are unable to develop new models of our mattress products or successfully market and sell new mattress models, our profitability may be adversely affected, and our business may be harmed.

Our expansion into new products, market segments and geographic regions subjects us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks.

The majority of our sales are made directly to consumers through our website or certain other e-commerce platforms. We have been expanding our business into the wholesale distribution channel through relationships with our wholesale partners but there can be no assurance that we will continue to experience success with our wholesale partners or that anticipated new locations will be successful.

We may be unsuccessful in generating additional sales through wholesale channels. We may extend credit terms in connection with such relationships and such relationships may expose us to the risk of unpaid or late paid invoices. In addition, we may provide fixtures to such partners that may be difficult to recover or re-use. Our wholesale customers may not purchase our products in the volume we expect.

Profitability, if any, from sales to wholesale customers and new product offerings may be lower than from our direct-to-consumer model and current products, and we may not be successful enough in these newer activities to recoup our investments in them. If any of these issues were to arise, they could damage our reputation, limit our growth, and negatively affect our operating results.

We may be unsuccessful in opening any of our Company showrooms beyond the store we currently have at our headquarters in Lehi, Utah, the Company factory outlet in Salt Lake City, Utah and the newly opened Company showrooms in San Diego, California, Santa Clara, California, and Santa Monica, California. We have limited experience in opening and operating our Company showrooms. Operating our Company showrooms includes additional risks. For example, we will incur expenses and accept obligations related to additional leases, insurance, distribution and delivery challenges, increased employee management, and new marketing challenges. If we are not successful in our efforts to profitably operate these new stores, our reputation and brand could be damaged, growth could be limited, and our business may be harmed.

In addition, offerings of new products through our direct-to-consumer platform, wholesale distribution channel and our Company showrooms may present new and difficult challenges, and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues. Expansion of sales channels may require the development of additional, differentiated products to avoid price and distribution conflicts between and within sales channels. Wholesale expansion increases our risk as our wholesale partners will require delaying payments to us on net terms ranging from a few days to 60 or more days, or may delay paying us beyond the agreed-upon net terms or fail to pay. Our Company showroom expansion increases our risk for inventory shrinkage from destruction, theft, obsolescence and factors that render such inventory unusable or unsellable.

New products may come with the same warranty and return risks as mentioned above. New product offerings or expansion into new market channels or geographic regions may subject us to new or additional regulation, which would impose potentially significant compliance and distribution costs.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and responses thereto have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect aspects of our business, including, among other things, our supply chain, workforce, and operations.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease, COVID-19, has spread to multiple countries, including the United States and all of the primary markets where we conduct business. On March 10, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the U.S. government-imposed travel restrictions on travel between the United States and Europe for a 30-day period. Further, on March 13, 2020, the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 pandemic a national emergency, invoking powers under the Stafford Act, the legislation that directs federal emergency disaster response. Almost all U.S. states and many local jurisdictions have issued at various times, and others in the future may issue, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders, restrictions, and recommendations for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Such orders, restrictions and recommendations, and the perception that additional orders, restrictions or recommendations could occur, have resulted in widespread closures of businesses not deemed “essential,” work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, work-from-home policies, travel restrictions and cancellation of events, as well as increased volatility in stock prices, among other effects. While certain jurisdictions have begun easing restrictions as the outbreak has slowed in such jurisdictions, we cannot be certain that other jurisdictions will do so. Furthermore, some jurisdictions

have experienced a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, which has prompted governments to reinstate previously scaled back restrictions. If other jurisdictions experience a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, they may also prolong restrictions that could negatively affect our business. We continue to monitor our operations and government mandates and may elect or be required to temporarily close our offices or Company showrooms to protect our employees, and limit our access to customers and limit customer use of our products as they are required to prioritize resources to address the public healthcare needs arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. The disruptions to our activities and operations may negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition. There is a risk that government actions, or lack thereof, will not be effective at containing COVID-19, and that government actions or inactions, including the orders and restrictions described above and premature lessening of those restrictions, that are intended to contain the spread of COVID-19 while also minimizing harm to the economy, will have a devastating negative impact on the world economy at large, in which case the risks to our sales, operating results and financial condition described herein would be elevated significantly.

The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on our business may be difficult to assess or predict. The widespread pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result for an extended period, in significant disruption of global financial markets, and may restrict our ability to access capital, which would negatively affect our liquidity. While we have been able to reverse some previous actions undertaken, such as, among others, temporarily deferring capital expenditures, furloughing certain employees, and temporarily deferring compensation for our senior executives, we may be required to take such actions again, or take additional actions, if there is a resurgence of COVID-19 cases or reinstatement of government restrictions. As a result of such actions or restrictions, we may be unable to complete capital expenditure projects or investments in the future, which would limit our ability to grow our business, and our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Further, quarantines or government reaction or shutdowns for COVID-19 could disrupt our supply chain. Travel and import restrictions may also disrupt our ability to manufacture or distribute our products. Any import or export or other cargo restrictions related to our products or the raw materials used to manufacture our products would restrict our ability to manufacture and ship products and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our key personnel and other employees could also be affected by COVID-19, potentially reducing their availability. In addition, the government responses to COVID-19 or the procedures we take to mitigate its effect on our workforce could reduce the efficiency of our operations or prove insufficient to mitigate the adverse impact of COVID-19 on our business. We may delay or reduce certain capital spending and related projects until the travel and logistical impacts of COVID-19 are lifted, which could delay the completion of such projects.

Even after initial quarantines and other government restrictions are scaled back, there is risk that we will be unable to continue normal production and operations, due to, among other things, disruptions and delays in our supply chain, reduced demand in our wholesale channel, government relief programs that enable production workers to remain out of the workforce, and difficulties in ramping up our own operations. We may also experience disputes with our suppliers and/or customers as a result of such difficulties. Further, there may be subsequent outbreaks of COVID-19 that could disrupt our operations. In addition, as employees return to work, we may face claims by such employees or regulatory authorities that we have not provided adequate protection to our employees with respect to the spread of COVID-19 at our facilities.

The global outbreak of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects have harmed our business, financial condition and results of operations in the near term and could have a continuing material impact on our operations, sales and ability to continue as a going concern. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section, such as those relating to our high level of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.

Customer demand for and our ability to sell and market our products, particularly within our wholesale business, has been and may continue to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and responses thereto.

The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant uncertainty in our business, slowed our anticipated wholesale partner and showroom plans and resulted in a contraction of our wholesale business due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses, reduced demand for physical retail locations, and shelter-at-home directives in most U.S. states. The future impact to our wholesale partners and consumer demand from the COVID-19 pandemic or a future health epidemic or other outbreak occurring in other locations, particularly in North America, is unknown. If we fail to anticipate changes in demand or consumer behavior resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic it could adversely affect our business or operating results.

If sales in our channels decline, including as a result of stay-at-home orders or temporary closures of our wholesale partners’ stores, our business may be adversely affected. Moreover, we may be impacted by difficulties experienced by our wholesale partners as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including disruptions in their supply chains, their liquidity challenges and their ability to keep open or reopen retail locations. In addition, while in the quarter ended June 30, 2020 we experienced an increase in demand for our products through our DTC channel, there can be no guarantee that sales through our DTC channel will continue to increase or will not decline.

We may not be eligible to participate in some of the relief programs provided under the recently adopted Coronavirus Aid Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act or other government programs and even if we are eligible we may not realize any material benefits from participating in such programs.

On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed the Coronavirus Aid Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act into law. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. We continue to evaluate the applicability of the CARES Act to the Company, and the potential impacts on our business and are actively taking advantage of applicable programs.

While we may determine to apply for programs available under the CARES Act, there is no guarantee that we will meet any eligibility requirements to participate in such programs or, even if we are able to participate, that such programs will provide meaningful benefit to our business. In addition to the CARES Act in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. government and state/local governments may offer additional programs intended to assist employers. We may fail to qualify for or take advantage of such COVID-19 relief programs, which may have a negative impact on our business. In the event we obtain financing through a government COVID-19 stimulus program, such financing may impose additional restrictions on our business and how those funds are used, such as bringing employees back from furlough even if production levels remain reduced, restrictions on the payment of distributions or dividends and limits on executive pay that could adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain qualified key employees.

Our future growth and profitability depend upon the strength of our Purple brand and the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing programs and our ability to attract and retain customers.

We are highly dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing messages and the efficiency of our advertising expenditures in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products. We continue to evolve our marketing strategies, adjusting our messages, the amount we spend on advertising and where we spend it. We may not always be successful in developing effective messages and new marketing channels, as consumer preferences and competition change, and in achieving efficiency in our advertising expenditures.

We depend heavily on internet-based advertising to market our products through internet-based media and e-commerce platforms. If we are unable to continue utilizing such platforms, if those media and platforms diminish in importance or size, or if we are unable to direct our advertising to our target consumer groups, our advertising efforts may be ineffective, and our business could be adversely affected. The costs of advertising through these platforms have increased significantly, which has resulted in decreased efficiency in the use of our advertising expenditures, and we expect these costs may continue to increase in the future.

We have relationships with online services, search engines, affiliate marketing websites, directories and other website and e-commerce businesses to provide content, advertising and other links that direct customers to our website. We rely on these relationships as significant sources of traffic to our website and to generate new customers. If we are unable to develop or maintain these relationships or develop and maintain new relationships for newly developed and necessary marketing services on acceptable terms, our ability to attract new customers and our financial condition would suffer. In addition, current or future relationships or agreements may fail to produce the sales that we anticipate.

The cost of advertising for web-based platforms, such as Facebook, are increasing. Increasing advertising costs erode the efficiency of our advertising efforts. If we are unable to effectively manage our advertising costs or if our advertising efforts fail to produce the sales that we anticipate, our business could be adversely affected.

Consumers are increasingly using digital tools as a part of their shopping experience. As a result, our future growth and profitability will depend in part on (i) the effectiveness and efficiency of our online experience for disparate worldwide audiences, including advertising and search optimization programs in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products, (ii) our ability to prevent confusion among consumers that can result from search engines that allow competitors to use or bid on our trademarks to direct consumers to competitors’ websites, (iii) our ability to prevent Internet publication or television broadcast of false or misleading information regarding our products or our competitors’ products, (iv) the nature and tone of consumer sentiment published on various social media sites, and (v) the stability of our website. In recent years, a number of direct-to-consumer, Internet-based retailers, like us, have emerged and have driven up the cost of basic search terms, which has and may continue to increase the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs. More recently, the large traditional mattress manufacturers have been increasing their efforts to increase their direct-to-consumer sales which also is increasing the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs and cost of customer conversion.

In the past, we have been the target of publications by purported consumer reviewers who claim to have identified health and safety concerns with our products. While we believe such claims to be baseless, refuting such claims requires us to expend significant resources to educate current and potential customers on the safety of our products. Even if we are able to broadly disseminate factual information to refute such claims and reinforce the safety of our products, such claims and attendant adverse publicity could persist and damage our reputation and brand value and result in lower sales.

The number of third-party review websites is increasing, and such reviews are becoming increasingly influential with consumers. Negative reviews from such sources may receive widespread attention from consumers, which could damage our reputation and brand value and result in lower sales. If we are unable to effectively manage relationships with such reviewers to promote accurate reviews of our products, reviewers may decline to review our products or may post reviews with misleading information, which could damage our reputation and make it more difficult for us to improve our brand value.

If our marketing messages are ineffective or our advertising expenditures, geographic price-points, and other marketing programs, including digital programs, are inefficient in creating awareness and consideration of our products and brand name and in driving consumer traffic to our website, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted. In addition, if we are not effective in preventing the

publication of confusing, false or misleading information regarding our brand or our products, or if there arises significant negative consumer sentiment on social media regarding our brand or our products, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted.

Our future growth and profitability depend, in part, upon our ability to achieve and maintain sufficient production capacity to meet customer demands.

We manufacture our mattresses using our proprietary and patented Mattress Max machinery to make our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® cushioning material. Because of the unique features of our Mattress Max machines, new machines are not readily available and must be constructed. We also have experienced inefficiencies in sourcing of materials and production of finished products. We have taken steps to improve our processes and capabilities, but if we are unable to maintain our improvements and continue our improvement initiatives to increase efficiencies or if we are unable to promptly and efficiently open our new Georgia manufacturing facility, we may not be able to keep up with demand which would harm our business. If we are unable to construct new Mattress Max machines and implement them into our production process in a timely manner, if our existing Mattress Max machines are unable to function at the desired capacity, or if we are unable to develop replacements for the existing Mattress Max machines, our production capacity may be constrained and our ability to respond to customer demand may be adversely impacted. We manufacture mattresses and other products using components provided by third-party suppliers. If those third-party suppliers are unable to provide us with such components or if our assembly capacity is insufficient our ability to respond to customer demand may be adversely impacted. This would negatively impact our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.

We have engaged in significant related-party transactions with affiliates and owners that may give rise to conflicts of interest, result in losses to the Company or otherwise adversely affect our operations and the value of our business.

We have engaged in numerous related-party transactions involving significant shareholders, directors, and officers of the Company, as well as with other entities affiliated with such persons. Several of these transactions were entered into prior to the Business Combination. For example, since 2010, we have leased our facilities in Alpine, Utah from TNT Holdings, which is owned by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce. As we grow, and our needs change, we may need to negotiate a termination or modification of this lease, and we have recently amended this lease to shift responsibility from TNT Holdings to the Company for arranging certain types of insurance. We have leased a new facility in Lehi, Utah and moved our headquarters into that building during the first quarter 2020. The Company continues to lease the Alpine facility that was formerly the Company headquarters, for use in production, research and development and video production. We also may at some time purchase this Alpine facility from TNT Holdings. Tony and Terry Pearce, either personally or through one or more of their other entities, also have tangible property located in this Alpine facility that has not been clearly identified and separated from our property. Although we expected this tangible property to be either removed or identified and separated in 2019, this has not yet occurred. Tony and Terry Pearce pay no rent or other compensation to us to store such property in our leased facility. While there is currently no dispute over the lease, and we do not anticipate a dispute, there could arise in the future a dispute between the Company and Tony and Terry Pearce over this lease, or ownership of the property located at this facility. Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce served on our board of directors until August 17, 2020 and currently, through InnoHold, own approximately 25% of the outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Prior to the Business Combination, we also entered into an Amended and Restated Confidential Assignment and License Back Agreement with EdiZONE, an entity beneficially owned and controlled by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce through their ownership of TNT Holdings, pursuant to which EdiZONE transferred tangible and intellectual property to us and we licensed back to EdiZONE certain intellectual property previously licensed by EdiZONE to third parties prior to the Business Combination in order to enable EdiZONE to continue to meet certain pre-existing license obligations to those third parties. EdiZONE and the Pearces have agreed to not modify or extend these third-party licenses and to not enter new third-party licenses. As these third-party

license obligations end all rights under the license revert to the Company. These third parties include direct competitors to us that at the time of the Business Combination were not selling products through retail channels in which we were selling our products. One of these third parties is ACTI, a domestic competitor of ours, who sells mattresses through some of the same retailers through which we also sell our products. This competitor’s sales revenues have been increasing. In August 2020, EdiZONE assigned the ACTI License Agreement, and related royalties payable thereunder, to the Company, along with certain related intellectual property. The intellectual property so assigned remains subject to other licenses granted by EdiZONE to third parties, which licenses are retained by EdiZONE. As these third-party license obligations end all rights under the license revert to the Company. These third parties include direct competitors to us that at the time of the Business Combination were not selling products through retail channels in which we were selling our products. One of these third parties, ACTI, is a domestic competitor of the Company, and sells mattresses through some of the same retailers through which we also sell our products. This competitor’s sales revenues have been increasing, resulting in increasing royalties paid to the Company pursuant to a the EdiZONE Agreement and License Agreement. Another third-party licensee may make it difficult for us to expand into certain geographic regions, such as the European Union. While the current license back to EdiZONE, as amended following the Business Combination, is much narrower than the license that existed at the time of the Business Combination, these third-party licenses, including licenses by EdiZONE to a potential foreign competitor and obligations owed to the Company related to the acquisition of the ACTI License Agreement from EdiZONE, may lead to conflicts of interest between us and insiders receiving royalties and other benefits to which they are entitled. At the time this initial license agreement with EdiZONE was first entered into, Purple LLC had only Tony and Terry Pearce as directors. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the license to EdiZONE was amended to broaden our rights and narrow EdiZONE’s rights with the approval of our independent directors.

On August 14, 2020, Purple LLC entered into a License Transfer and IP Assignment Agreement with EdiZONE, pursuant to which EdiZONE assigned to Purple LLC all its interest in the ACTI License Agreement and the trademarks GEL MATRIX and INTELLIPILLOW. In connection with such assignment, we agreed to indemnify EdiZONE against claims by ACTI against EdiZONE relating to EdiZONE’s breach under the License Agreement, claims arising out of the execution of the EdiZONE Agreement, or Purple LLC’s ownership, enforcement or breach of the License Agreement.

Prior to the Business Combination, we also entered into a Shared Services Agreement with other entities controlled by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, including EdiZONE, which covered the provision of services to these entities by our employees. The Shared Services Agreement was terminated by us effective July 24, 2019. No legal or accounting services were provided by Purple LLC during 2019 prior to this termination.

Prior to the Business Combination, InnoHold, an entity owned by Terry and Tony Pearce and a significant stockholder of the Company, also granted equity incentive awards in Purple LLC to certain key employees at that time. As a result of the structure of those awards being granted through a separate entity, the equity incentives were required, because of the structure of the Business Combination, to be exchanged for ownership units in InnoHold, to avoid those equity interests becoming of no value to the participants. Those participants’ ownership interests had certain restrictions, including vesting requirements. These equity incentives granted to key employees prior to the Business Combination are forfeited to the extent the grant to an employee is not yet fully vested at the time that such employee’s employment is terminated. Before and for a period of time since the Business Combination, all forfeitures occurring from departing employees have inured to the benefit of only the owners of InnoHold, and not all of our stockholders. This means that the forfeited equity did not increase our currently approved equity incentive pool. Because the forfeited equity resulting from these departures prior to this distribution was held at InnoHold, that forfeited equity did not replenish our equity incentive pool and could not be used for equity grants to those who have replaced and will replace these employees or for other purposes essential to the business. During 2019, to avoid future forfeitures from inuring only to the benefit of InnoHold’s owners, InnoHold distributed to the incentive participants their pro rata share of InnoHold’s ownership of Class B Common Stock in Purple Inc. and Class B Units in Purple LLC, after which any forfeitures would inure to the benefit of all of our stockholders. InnoHold distributed additional paired shares

of Class B Common Stock in Purple Inc. and Class B Units in Purple LLC which also will be subject to the same vesting requirements and result in forfeitures inuring to the benefit of all shareholders. Our current equity incentive pool, as approved by the stockholders prior to the Business Combination in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, did not account for the departure, before this distribution by InnoHold, of such key employees who had existing equity grants through InnoHold, and there is a risk that we will have to seek approval from the Board and stockholders to refresh the equity incentive pool earlier than anticipated at the time of the Business Combination because of the unanticipated need to use shares from the existing pool to hire and retain other key employees needed to achieve the Company’s growth objectives. If the equity pool is not refreshed, there is a risk that we may not be able to hire and retain such key employees. If the equity pool is refreshed with authorized shares of the Company that are issued in accordance with our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, our stockholders will be diluted. Also, this distribution by InnoHold to the equity incentive participants has caused us to incur administrative expenses related to the distributions, the management of the differing vesting schedules and compliance with their rights under the distribution agreements. In addition, the calculations of the distributive share and related income tax withholdings with respect to holders of InnoHold’s Class B Units, as well as the processes by which such distributions and withholdings are made, are highly complex. As a result, there is a risk that the recipients of such distributions or other third parties may claim that we have miscalculated the distribution or income tax withholding amounts or failed to timely pay the taxes. The cost of responding to such claims, including but not limited to the diversion of management’s attention from our operations and defense or settlement costs, could negatively impact our operations and financial results.

In connection with the Business Combination, Purple LLC also entered into a Credit Agreement with certain lenders which was guaranteed by Purple Inc. The lenders also are stockholders and warrant holders of the Company and appointed one director to serve on our Board, Adam Gray. Further, on February 26, 2019, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Purple LLC and the Lenders thereto, and each of the related documents, including the issuance of additional warrants to the Lenders, was closed and an incremental loan was funded. In connection with the funding of the incremental loan, we issued to the lenders warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock.

On March 27, 2020, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was amended to allow Purple LLC at its election a 5% paid-in-kind interest deferral for the first two quarters of 2020. On May 15, 2020, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was further amended to remove a negative covenant so that there would not be an event of default if Lenders acquired 25% or more ownership of the Company. On August 20, 2020, the Company and Purple LLC entered into a Waiver and Consent to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with the Lenders, that, among other things, waives an event of default as a result of InnoHold ceasing to own 25% or more of the aggregate equity interests in the Company, subject to certain conditions as more fully provided in such waiver. See the discussion under the section titled heading “Summary—Recent Developments” beginning on page 7 above for additional details.

The exercise of rights under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by the Lenders may create conflicts of interest between us and Mr. Gray. If we were to request and the Lenders agreed to provide additional credit under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue to the Lenders additional incremental warrants on similar terms which could cause additional dilution of all shareholders’ interests.

See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 for a further discussion of all related-party transactions between the Company2021, which is incorporated herein by reference, and insiders.

Disruption of operations in our manufacturing facilities, including as a result of pandemics or natural disasters, could increase our costs of doing business or lead to delays in shipping our products.

We have two manufacturing plants, which are located in Alpine, Utah and Grantsville, Utah. We have signed a lease for a third manufacturing plant in McDonough, Georgia that is not yet manufacturing products.

Although we can produce some of our products at both Utah sites, we have consolidated production of certain products at each site. Therefore, the disruption of operations of our manufacturing facilities, particularly where manufacturing has been consolidated, for a significant period of time, or even permanently, or disruptions to the scheduled build-out of the Georgia facility such as through a closure related to the COVID-19 pandemic or the loss of the lease, may increase our costs of doing business and lead to delays in shipping our products to customers. Such delays could adversely affect our sales, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows, liquidity and financial condition. Because both of our currently operating manufacturing plants are located within the same geographic region, regional economic downturns, natural disasters, closures due to COVID-19 or other issues could potentially disrupt all of our manufacturing and other operating activities, which could adversely affect our business. On March 18, 2020, Magna, Utah was the epicenter of a 5.7 magnitude earthquake that was felt approximately 20 miles away at our Grantsville, Utah manufacturing plant but not felt at our Alpine, Utah manufacturing plant. Since that date, there have been approximately one-thousand aftershocks. Though no damage occurred at either manufacturing plant from the 5.7 earthquake or its aftershocks, continued or increased earthquake activity in the area could disrupt manufacturing and other operating activities, which could adversely affect our business.

We may not be able to successfully anticipate consumer trends and demand and our failure to do so may lead to loss of consumer acceptance of the products we sell, resulting in reduced net sales.

Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to changing trends and consumer demands in a timely manner. Changes in consumers’ tastes and trends and the resultant change in our product mix, as well as failure to offer our consumers multiple avenues for purchasing our products, could adversely affect our business and operating results. If we fail to identify and respond to emerging trends, consumer acceptance of the products we manufacture and sell and our image with current or potential customers may be harmed, which could reduce our net sales. If we misjudge market trends, we may significantly overstock inventory and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which would have a negative impact on our gross profit and cash flow. Conversely, shortages of inventoryamended, supplemented or time to fulfillment of our products that prove popular could also reduce our sales.

We have in some instances kept excess amounts of raw material inventory and some finished goods inventory, which could be susceptible to shrinkage that may harm our ability to use or sell such inventory and may adversely impact our profitability.

Although we attempt to maintain only the necessary amounts of raw material inventory on hand, in some instances we have accumulated excess amounts of raw materials inventory. We also have accumulated in the past excess amounts of some finished goods inventory, and we may again have excess amounts of some of our inventory. All such excess inventory is subject to shrinkage from destruction, theft, obsolescence and factors that render such inventory unusable or unsellable, and we have lost inventory for such reasons. While we take efforts to right-size all raw materials and finished goods inventory, if our efforts are not successful, we could continue to experience excess amounts of some items of raw materials and finished goods and related shrinkage that could adversely impact our cash flow, margins and profitability.

Failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product quality could negatively impact our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

Our products are highly differentiated from traditional mattresses, sheets, protectors, pillows and cushions. As a result, our products may be susceptible to failures that do not exist with traditional products. We also source some products from third parties whose products may have design or manufacturing defects of which we are not aware. Some of our suppliers of finished goods are in China and it may not be possible to obtain recourse for defects in products from those suppliers. We strive to ensure the quality of all finished goods we purchase, and we have discovered instances where quality of supplied products did not meet our high standards. Failure to discover defects or achieve and maintain acceptable quality standards could impact consumer

acceptance of our products or could result in negative media and Internet reports or owner dissatisfaction that could negatively impact our brand image and sales levels.

In addition, a decline in product quality could result in an increase in return rates and a corresponding decrease in sales, or an increase in product warranty claims in excess of our warranty reserves. An unexpected increase in return rates or warranty claims could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We currently maintain FDA registrations on a select group of our cushions that are sold through third parties. We are subject to FDA registrations with respect to such products and there is a risk that an FDA inspection could lead to product recall of the FDA registered cushions. While the number of such products is small, a recall could result, among other things, in lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

As a consumer innovation company with differentiated products, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in personal injury or property damage. If any of our products proves to be defective, we may be required to recall or redesign such products. Such recalls of products can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We maintain insurance against some forms of product liability claims, but such coverage may not be adequate for liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, or any claim that results in significant adverse publicity against us, may have a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We are subject to warranty claims for our products, which could result in unexpected expense.

Our products carry warranties for defects in quality and workmanship. The amount of our reserve for return of products, discounts provided to affected customers and cost for returns or warranty claims has been increasing due to the increase in sales. We may experience significant expense as the result of future product quality issues, product recalls or product liability claims which may have a material adverse effect on our business. The actual costs of servicing future warranty claims may exceed our expectations and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, we may modify our warrantiessuperseded from time to time by other reports we file with the SEC in the future and limitationsany prospectus supplement related to warranties intendeda particular offering. The risks and uncertainties we have described are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to reduce the number of claimsus or that we currently deem immaterial may result in customer dissatisfaction.also affect our operations. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Significant product returns could harm our business.

We allow our customersthese known or unknown risks might cause you to return products, subject to our returns policies. If product returns are higher than we anticipate, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies and procedures relating to returns from time to time, and policies and methods of collecting returned products intended to reduce the number of product returns may result in customer dissatisfaction. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of business could affect our operations and financial condition.

In the normal course of business, we may from time to time become involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of such matters could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant adverse litigation,

judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we are successful in defending against such litigation, the costs of making such a defense, which may or may not be covered by our insurance, could be significant and have a material adverse effect on our business. The quantity and scope of legal proceedings could cause an increase in the amount we pay for insurance coverage which could negatively affect our financial condition.

Our business could suffer if we are unsuccessful in making, integrating, and maintaining commercial agreements, strategic alliances, and other business relationships.

To successfully operate our business, we rely on commercial agreements and strategic relationships with suppliers, service providers and certain wholesale partners and customers. These arrangements can be complex and require substantial infrastructure capacity, personnel, and other resource commitments. Further, our business partners may have disruptions in their businesses or choose to no longer do business with us and the impact of such disruption or choices could be magnified to the extent such business partners represent a significant part of our business. We may not be able to implement, maintain, or develop the components of these commercial relationships. Moreover, we may not be able to enter into additional commercial relationships and strategic alliances on favorable terms or at all.

As our agreements terminate or relationships unwind, we may be unable to renew or replace these agreements on comparable terms, or at all. We may in the future enter into amendments on less favorable terms or encounter parties that have difficulty meeting their contractual obligations to us, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our present and future services agreements, other commercial agreements, and strategic relationships create additional risks such as:

disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of management focus on existing businesses;

impairment of other relationships;

variability in revenue and income from entering into, amending, or terminating such agreements or relationships; and

difficulty integrating under the commercial agreements.

We have entered into arrangements with several wholesale partners through which we sell certain of our products in their retail stores. We anticipate increasing the number of these partnerships. Also, we have agreed to exclusivity of certain products with some of our wholesale partners. Our relationships with our wholesale partners may not be profitable to us or may impose additional costs that we would not otherwise incur under our prior DTC-only operations. Our wholesale partners may experience their own business disruptions, including for example bankruptcy, that could affect their ability to continue to do business with us. Our wholesale partners may engage in conduct that could breach the exclusivity rights of other wholesale partners. Further, maintaining these relationships may require the commitment of significant amounts of time, financial resources and management attention, and may result in prohibitions on certain sales channels through exclusivity requirements, which may adversely affect other aspects of our business.

We have opened a Company factory outlet and four Company showrooms. Our business is expanding into additional Company showrooms which, like our online e-commerce retail store, will compete with our wholesale partners for customers. Our relationships with our wholesale partners may be adversely affected by this competition. In our effort to make our products available to consumers in multiple retail channels, there is the risk that sales may diminish in other channels, costs may be incurred without an increase in overall sales and our wholesale partners may no longer carry our products. Managing an omni-channel distribution strategy, including the relationships with business partners in each channel, may require significant amounts of time, resources and attention which may adversely affect other aspects of our business.

Current and future economic conditions could materially adversely affect our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

Our business has been affected by general business and economic conditions, and these conditions could have an impact on future demand for our products. The global economy remains unstable, and we expect the economic environment to continue to be challenging.

Our sales depend, in part, on discretionary spending by our customers. Pressure on discretionary income brought on by general economic downturns and slow recoveries may cause consumers to reduce the amount they spend on discretionary items. If recovery from any economic downturn is slow or prolonged, our growth, prospects, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

General economic conditions and discretionary spending are beyond our control and are affected by, among other things, reduced consumer demand for products; insolvency of potential customers; insolvency of our key suppliers resulting in product delays; inability of consumers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products; decreased consumer confidence; and inability for us, our customers and our suppliers to accurately forecast future product demand trends. If such conditions are experienced in future periods, our industry, business and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

We operate in a highly competitive Comfort Industry, and if we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose customers and our sales may decline.

The Comfort Industry market is highly competitive and fragmented. We face competition from many manufacturers (including competitors that primarily manufacture and import from China and other low-cost countries), traditional brick-and-mortar retailers and online retailers, including direct-to-consumer competitors. Participants in the Comfort Industry compete primarily on price, quality, brand name recognition, product availability and product performance and compete across a range of distribution channels. The highly competitive nature of the Comfort Industry means we are continually subject to the risk of loss of market share, loss of significant customers, reductions in margins, and the inability to acquire new customers.

A number of our significant competitors offer products that compete directly with our products. Any such competition by established manufacturers and retailers or new entrants into the market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Comfort Industry manufacturers and retailers are seeking to increase their channels of distribution and are looking for new ways to reach the consumer. Like us, many newer competitors in the mattress industry have begun to offer “bed-in-a-box” or similar products directly to consumers through the Internet and other distribution channels. Some of our established competitors have begun to offer “bed-in-a-box” products as well. Many of our competitors source their products from countries such as China and Vietnam, where the costs may be lower than our costs. Companies providing for the distribution of mattresses online or through retail stores, such as Amazon and Walmart, also have begun to offer competing products in their respective channels. In addition, retailers outside the U.S. have integrated vertically in the furniture and bedding industries, and it is possible that retailers may acquire other retailers or may seek to vertically integrate in the U.S. by acquiring a mattress manufacturer.

Many of our current and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial support, technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name recognition, mature distribution methods, and more established relationships in the industry than we do and sell products through broader and more established distribution channels. These competitors, or new entrants into the market, may compete aggressively and gain market share with existing or new products, and may pursue or expand their presence in the Comfort Industry. We cannot be sure we will have the resources or expertise to compete successfully in the future. We have limited ability to anticipate the timing and scale of new product introductions, advertising campaigns or new pricing strategies by our competitors, which could inhibit our ability to retain or increase market share, or to maintain our product margins. Our current and potential competitors may secure

better terms from vendors, adopt more aggressive pricing, and devote more resources to technology, infrastructure, fulfillment, and marketing. Also, due to the large number of competitors and their wide range of product offerings, we may not be able to continue to differentiate our products through value, styling or functionality from those of our competitors. Our products are also typically heavier than others and some markets we wish to expand into will not support delivery of our heavy products through parcel services or other affordable home delivery services, limiting our ability to serve the market.

One competitor, ACTI, which has been a licensee of EdiZONE for over fifteen years until the Company’s recent acquisition of the License Agreement from EdiZONE, uses substantially similar technology to our Hyper-Elastic Polymer material and Purple Grid in its own mattress, topper and pillow products sold through branded retail stores domestically and in Canada. This competitor has been growing its sales and now distributes its products through wholesale partners with retail locations where our mattresses are sold. This competitor may continue to increase its sales and expand into additional distribution channels which could erode our sales in those retail locations and channels. Even with the Company’s receipt of royalties from ACTI pursuant to the License Agreement, the continuing growth of this single competitor could adversely affect our business.

A consolidation of the domestic market for foam may increase the prices for foam in the geographical market in which we purchase foam, which could adversely affect our business. We source a specialized type of foam from a supplier who has been in bankruptcy, and the result of that bankruptcy litigation may affect our ability to continue to obtain that specialized foam and require us to modify our product offerings, lose sales or incur increased expenses that could adversely affect our cash flows, margins and profitability.

In addition, the barriers to entry into the retail bedding industry are relatively low. New or existing bedding retailers could enter our markets and increase the competition we face. Competition in existing and new markets may also prevent or delay our ability to gain relative market share. Any of the developments described above could have a material adverse effect on our planned growth and future results of operations.

We will face different market dynamics and competition as we develop new products to expand our presence in our target markets. In some markets, our future competitors may have greater brand recognition and broader distribution than we currently enjoy. We may not be as successful as our competitors in generating revenues in those markets due to the lack of recognition of our brands, lack of customer acceptance, lack of product quality history and other factors. As a result, any new expansion efforts could be costlier and less profitable than our efforts in our existing markets. If we are not as successful as our competitors are in our target markets, our sales could decline, our margins could be impacted negatively and we could lose market share, any of which could materially harm our business.

If we are unable to effectively compete with other manufacturers and retailers of mattresses, pillows and cushions, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted.

The results of the U.S. Department of Commerce’s antidumping investigation could have a negative impact on our planned growth and future results of operations.

The U.S. Department of Commerce (the “Department”) previously opened an antidumping investigation into whether mattresses imported from China are being sold into the United States at below fair market value. The investigation results from a petition filed by U.S. mattress manufacturers claiming that in recent years Chinese exporters have unfairly made large gains in market share by undercutting prices. On May 29, 2019, the Department made a preliminary determination to impose import duties on Chinese exporters. On October 18, 2019, the Department made its final determination imposing import duties on exporters of Chinese mattresses. The U.S. International Trade Commission (the “ITC”) made its final injury determination on December 9, 2019. On December 16, 2019, the Department issued an antidumping duty order directing the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties equal to the amount by which the normal value of the merchandise exceeds the export price, or constructed export price, of

the subject merchandise for all relevant entries of mattresses from China. However, if the antidumping duties do not result in the prevention of dumping of underpriced Chinese mattresses into the U.S. market, or if the import duties enacted by the Department or the antidumping order issued by the ITC are removed, rescinded, or modified, we could experience or continue to experience a negative impact on our planned growth and the future results of operations.

In addition, in March 2020 several U.S. mattress manufacturers and two labor unions announced that they filed seven antidumping duty petitions and one countervailing duty petition with the Department charging that unfairly traded imports of finished mattresses from eight countries are causing material injury to the U.S. mattress industry. In April 2020 the Department opened an investigation into the petitions. If the Department fails to impose antidumping duties on the named exporting countries, we could experience continued negative impact on our planned growth and future results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our product designs and other proprietary rights adequately, which could adversely affect our competitive position and reduce the value of our products and brands, and litigation to protect our intellectual property rights may be costly.

We attempt to strengthen and differentiate our product portfolio by developing new and innovative brands, product designs and functionality and materials for use in our products. We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology, and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright, and patent law, trade secret protection, and confidentiality agreements and license agreements with our vendors, contractors, employees, customers, and others to protect our proprietary rights.

We own various U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications related to certain elements of the design and function of our products including mattresses, pillows, cushions and related products, as well as related to proprietary formulas and related technology for certain materials used in the manufacturing of our products. We own numerous registered and unregistered trademarks and trademark applications, as well as other intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, trade dress and copyrights, which we believe have significant value and are important to the marketing of our products. Our success will depend in part on our ability to protect our products, methods, processes and other technologies, to preserve our trade secrets, and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties.

As we continue to increase our innovations and create new products and technologies, and as we enter new product spaces, we may be limited by the intellectual property rights of others. We respect the intellectual property rights of others; however, our ability to innovate and increase our product footprint may be limited by the intellectual property rights of those other parties.

Despite our efforts, we may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Effective protection or enforcement of intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in the jurisdictions in which we do business. We also may be unable to acquire or maintain appropriate trademarks and domain names in all jurisdictions in which we do business. Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.

The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of all unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. Policing the unauthorized use of our proprietary technology, trademarks and copyrights can be difficult and expensive. Litigation might be necessary to protect our intellectual property rights, which may be costly and may divert our management’s attention away from our core business. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that litigation would result in an outcome favorable to us. Third parties that license our proprietary

rights also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or reputation. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights adequately, it would have a negative impact on our operations.

We, or the owners of any intellectual property rights licensed to us, may be subject to claims that we or such licensors have infringed the proprietary rights of others, which could require us and our licensors to obtain a license or change designs.

We have been subject to, and expect to continue to be subject to, claims and legal proceedings regarding alleged infringement by us of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Although we do not believe any of our products infringe upon the proprietary rights of others, there is no assurance that infringement or invalidity claims (or claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims) will not be asserted or prosecuted against us or those from whom we have licenses or that any such assertions or prosecutions will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of whether any such claims are valid or can be asserted successfully, defending against such claims could cause us to incur costs and could divert resources away from our other activities. In addition, assertion of infringement claims could result in injunctions that prevent us from distributing our products. If any claims or actions are asserted against us or those from whom we have licenses, we may seek to obtain a license to the intellectual property rights that are in dispute. Such a license may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all, which could force us to change our designs.

Purple LLC has licensed certain intellectual property to EdiZONE, LLC, which is owned by Tony and Terry Pearce via TNT Holdings, LLC, for the purpose of enabling EdiZONE to meet its contractual obligations to licensees of EdiZONE under contracts entered into years before the Business Combination, and some of those licensees are competitors of Purple LLC and have exclusivity rights that Purple LLC is required to observe.

Purple LLC has licensed to EdiZONE, LLC, which is an entity owned by Tony and Terry Pearce through TNT Holdings, LLC, certain intellectual property rights for use by EdiZONE outside of the consumer comfort market. Prior to the Business Combination, EdiZONE’s business model was the creation and licensing of intellectual property, and it had granted many licenses over time, most of which were terminated prior to the Business Combination. When EdiZONE assigned its intellectual property to Purple LLC it received in return a license back of the intellectual property it needed to maintain its contractual obligations under the licenses that still were in place at that time. After the Business Combination, this license back to EdiZONE has been amended with the cooperation of Purple LLC, EdiZONE and the Pearces to further narrow EdiZONE’s rights, in order to minimize the conflicts of interest that may exist. Although there are no conflicts of interest foreseen at this time, if conflicts of interest do arise and are not properly addressed, disputes may occur which may be detrimental to the Company.

On August 14, 2020, Purple LLC entered into a License Transfer and IP Assignment Agreement with EdiZONE, pursuant to which EdiZONE assigned to Purple LLC all its interest in the ACTI License Agreement and the trademarks GEL MATRIX and INTELLIPILLOW. In connection with such assignment, we agreed to indemnify EdiZONE against claims by ACTI against EdiZONE relating to EdiZONE’s breach under the License Agreement, claims arising out of the execution of the EdiZONE Agreement, or Purple LLC’s ownership, enforcement or breach of the License Agreement.

EdiZONE previously entered into licenses, as described above, for comfort-related intellectual property. These licenses include exclusivity rights that may prohibit us from selling our existing mattresses or potentially new products in certain geographic areas, including domestically and in the European Union. That risk may be addressed by redesign of the configuration of the Hyper-Elastic Polymer in that geographic region by either using existing technologies already assigned by EdiZONE to Purple LLC or developing new technologies. Alternatively, that risk may not exist at all to the extent Purple LLC’s current mattress products are the subject of expired patent rights licensed by that licensee or because Purple LLC is not the licensor. However, there can be

no assurance that our future sales in these geographic territories, if any, will not be challenged by the licensee as a violation of the license agreements, or that any redesigned mattresses created by us will be successful. If Purple LLC’s activities are challenged by a licensee, Purple LLC has an indemnification obligation to EdiZONE and the Pearces, which may be an expense to the Company.

In addition, if these third parties violate their licenses or infringe on intellectual property owned by Purple LLC and Purple LLC is unable to take effective action against such violating or infringing parties, we may be unable to protect against this infringement or the effects of such violations and our business could be harmed.

Purple LLC has obtained, with the cooperation of EdiZONE and the Pearces, the right to enforce its intellectual property rights at Purple LLC’s option, provided that Purple LLC will indemnify EdiZONE and fund the expense of such enforcement. In addition, as the licensor under the ACTI License Agreement, the Company now has the ability to enforce its intellectual property rights directly against ACTI as a licensor. In the event such enforcement is deemed necessary by Purple LLC, Purple LLC may not be successful in any such efforts to enforce its intellectual property and other rights under the ACTI License Agreement and this may harm our business.

Substantial and increasingly intense competition worldwide in e-commerce may harm our business.

Consumers who might purchase our products from us online have a wide variety of alternatives for purchasing competing mattresses, pillows and cushions, including traditional brick and mortar retailers (as well as the online and mobile operations of these traditional retailers), other online direct-to-consumer retailers and their related mobile offerings, online and offline classified services, online retailer platforms, such as Amazon.com, and other shopping channels, such as offline and online home shopping networks.

The Internet and mobile networks provide new, rapidly evolving and intensely competitive channels for the sale of all types of goods and services, including products that compete directly with our products. Consumers who purchase mattresses, pillows and cushions through us have more and more alternatives, and merchants have more online channels to reach consumers. We expect competition to continue to intensify. Online and offline businesses increasingly are competing with each other and our competitors include a number of online and offline retailers with significant resources, large user communities and well-established brands. Moreover, the barriers to entry into these channels can be low, and businesses easily can launch online sites or mobile platforms and applications at nominal cost by using commercially available software or partnering with any of a number of successful e-commerce companies. As we respond to changes in the competitive environment, we may, from time to time, make pricing, service or marketing decisions or acquisitions that may be controversial with and lead to dissatisfaction among our customers, which could reduce activity on our platform and harm our profitability.

In addition, sellers in our industry are increasingly utilizing multiple sales channels, including the acquisition of new customers by paying for search-related advertisements on horizontal search engine sites, such as Google, Yahoo!, Naver and Baidu. We use product search engines and paid search advertising to help users find our sites, but these services also have the potential to divert users to other online shopping destinations. Consumers may choose to search for products with a horizontal search engine or shopping comparison website, and such sites may also send users to other shopping destinations. Consumers may not be familiar with or confused by our current web address: purple.com.

We also face increased competitive pressure as the competitive norm for, and the expected level of service from, e-commerce has significantly increased, due to, among other factors, improved user experience, greater ease of buying goods, lower (or no) shipping costs, faster delivery times and more favorable return policies. Also, certain platform businesses, many of whom are larger than us or have greater capitalization, have a dominant and secure position in other industries or certain significant markets, and offer a broader variety of Comfort Industry products to consumers and retailers that we do not offer. If we are unable to change our product

offerings in ways that reflect the changing demands of e-commerce and mobile commerce marketplaces, particularly the higher growth of sales of fixed-price items and higher expected service levels, or compete effectively with and adapt to changes in larger platform businesses, our business will suffer.

Some of our e-commerce competitors offer a significantly broader range of products and services than we do. Competitors with other revenue sources may be able to devote more resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote more resources to website, mobile platforms and applications and systems development than we can. Other direct-to-consumer retailersand e-commerce competitors may offer or continue to offer faster shipping, free shipping, delivery on Sunday, same-day delivery, favorable return policies or other transaction-related services which improve the user experience on their sites and which could be impractical or inefficient for us to match. Competitors may be able to innovate faster and more efficiently, and new technologies may increase competitive pressure by enabling competitors to offer more efficient or lower-cost services.

If we cannot keep pace with rapid technological developments to provide new and innovative programs, products and services, the use of our products and our revenues could decline.

Rapid, significant technological changes continue to confront the industries in which we operate. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to the industries in which we operate will continue to emerge. These new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies we currently use in our products and services. Incorporating new technologies into our products and services may require substantial expenditures and take considerable time, and ultimately may not be successful. In addition, our ability to adopt new services and develop new technologies may be inhibited by industry-wide standards, new laws and regulations, resistance to change from clients or merchants, or third parties’ intellectual property rights. Our success will depend on our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards.

A reduction in the availability of credit to consumers generally or under our existing consumer credit programs could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We offer financing to consumers through third-party consumer finance companies. During the year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 20% of our sales were financed through third-party consumer finance companies. The amount of credit available to consumers may be adversely impacted by macroeconomic factors that affect the financial position of consumers as suppliers of credit adjust their lending criteria. In addition, changes in federal regulations effective in 2010 placed additional restrictions on all consumer credit programs, including limiting the types of promotional credit offerings that may be offered to consumers.

These third-party consumer finance companies offer consumer financing options to our customers through agreements that may be terminated by us or the companies upon thirty days’ prior written notice. These consumer finance companies have discretion to control the content of financing offers to our customers and to set minimum credit standards under which credit is extended to customers.

Reduction of credit availability due to changing economic conditions, changes in regulatory requirements, or the termination of our agreements with third-party consumer finance companies could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We attempt to maintain only the necessary amounts of raw material inventory and products, which could leave us vulnerable to shortages in supply of components and products that may harm our ability to satisfy consumer demand and may adversely impact our sales and profitability.

We attempt to maintain only the necessary amounts of products and raw material inventory on hand, which could leave us vulnerable to shortages in supply of products or components that may harm our ability to

satisfy consumer demand and may adversely impact our sales and profitability. Lead times for ordered components and products may vary significantly, especially as we source some of our materials and products from China or other countries. Our business may be harmed by legal, regulatory, economic, political and unforeseen risks associated with international trade in those countries. Moreover, we may experience increased costs in sourcing Chinese materials as a result of the uncertain status of the U.S.-China trade relationship or may experience related disruption if we seek to replace Chinese suppliers with suppliers in other countries. In addition, some components used to manufacture our products are provided on a sole source basis. Any unexpected shortage of products or materials caused by any disruption of supply or an unexpected increase in the demand for our products, could lead to delays in shipping our beds to customers. Any such delays could adversely affect our sales, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We rely upon several key suppliers that are, in some instances, the only source of supply currently used by us for particular products, materials, components or services. A disruption in the supply or substantial increase in cost of any of these products or services could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We currently obtain all of the raw materials and components used to produce our mattresses, pillows and cushions from outside sources. In some cases, we have chosen to obtain these materials and components from suppliers who serve as the only source of supply, or who supply the vast majority of our needs of the particular material or component. While we believe that these materials and components, or suitable replacements, could be obtained from other sources, in the event of a disruption or loss of supply of relevant materials or components for any reason, we may not be able to find alternative sources of supply, or if found, may not be found on comparable terms. In addition, a change in the financial condition of some of our suppliers could impede their ability to provide products to us in a timely manner.

If our relationship with the primary supplier of our mineral oil is terminated, we could have short-term difficulty in replacing this source since there are relatively few other suppliers presently capable of supplying the local volume that we would need in a short period of time.

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials could cause delays that could result in our inability to provide goods to our customers or could increase our costs, either of which could decrease our earnings.

In manufacturing products, we use various commodity components, such as polyurethane foam, oil, our spring units, ingredients for our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material, our water-based adhesive and other raw materials. Because we are dependent on outside suppliers for our raw materials, fluctuations in their price, availability, and quality could have a negative effect on our cost of sales and our ability to meet our customers’ demands. Competitive and marketing pressures may prevent us from passing along price increases to our customers, and the inability to meet our customers’ demands could cause us to lose sales.

Our success is highly dependent on our ability to provide timely delivery to our customers, and any disruption in our delivery capabilities or our related planning and control processes may adversely affect our operating results.

An important part of our success is due to our ability to deliver our products to our customers in a timely manner. This in turn is due to our successful planning and distribution infrastructure, including ordering, transportation and receipt processing, the ability of our suppliers to meet our distribution requirements and the ability of our contractors to meet our delivery requirements. Our ability to maintain this success depends on the continued identification and implementation of improvements to our planning processes, distribution infrastructure and supply chain. We also need to ensure that our distribution infrastructure and supply chain keep pace with our anticipated growth and increased product output. The cost of these enhanced processes could be significant and any failure to maintain, grow or improve them could adversely affect our operating results.

We rely on FedEx and other carriers to deliver our products to customers on a timely, convenient, and cost-effective basis. We also rely on the systems of such carriers to provide us with accurate information about the status and delivery of our products. Any disruption to the business of FedEx or our other delivery carriers could cause our business to be adversely affected. Any significant delay in deliveries to our customers could lead to increased cancellations and returns and cause us to lose sales. Any increase in freight charges could increase our costs of doing business and harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition. Lack of accurate information from such carriers could damage our brand and our relationship with our customers.

Our business could also be adversely affected if there are delays in product shipments to us due to freight difficulties, delays in product shipments clearing U.S. Customs for reasons of non-compliance or otherwise, challenges with our suppliers or contractors involving strikes or other difficulties at their principal transport providers or otherwise. Our business could also be adversely affected if the business of our suppliers is disrupted because of infectious diseases or fear thereof such that quarantines, factory closures, labor disturbances, and transportation delays result. Such delays and events could adversely affect our profitability and reputation.

We have experienced delays in the timely delivery of our mattress products. These delays have caused customer dissatisfaction with their experience with the Company and, in some cases, customers have cancelled their orders or returned their mattresses. We believe we have rectified these delays with both internal operating and customer service controls and improvements by our third-party delivery providers. We have contracted with new delivery providers. If we are unable to correct these deficiencies, we may suffer lost sales, damage to our reputation and liabilities to customers that could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our operating results are subject to fluctuations, including as a result of seasonality, which could make sequential quarter-to-quarter comparisons an unreliable indication of our performance and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We believe that our sales of products are typically subject to modest seasonality inherent in the bedding industry. Our sales in a particular quarter can be impacted by new product launches and channel expansion. Additionally, the U.S. bedding industry generally experiences increases in sales around holidays and promotional periods. This seasonality means that a sequential quarter-to-quarter comparison may not be a good indication of our performance or of how we will perform in the future.

Our business operations could be disrupted if our information technology systems fail to perform adequately or are disrupted by natural disasters or other catastrophes or if we are unable to protect the integrity and security of our information systems.

We depend largely upon our information technology systems in the conduct of all aspects of our operations. If our information technology systems fail to perform as anticipated, we could experience difficulties in virtually any area of our operations, including but not limited to receiving orders from customers, replenishing inventories or delivering our products. We may be required to incur significant capital expenditures in the pursuit of improvements or upgrades to our management information systems. These efforts may take longer and may require greater financial and other resources than anticipated, may cause distraction of key personnel, and may cause short-term disruptions to our existing systems and our business. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our information systems to respond to changes in our business needs, our ability to run our business could be adversely affected. It is also possible that our competitors could develop better e-commerce platforms than ours, which could negatively impact our sales.

In addition, our systems may experience service interruptions or degradation due to hardware and software defects or malfunctions, computer denial-of-service and other cyberattacks, human error, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, or other events. Our systems are also subject

to break-ins, sabotage, information hijacking or ransom, and intentional acts of vandalism. Some of our systems are not fully redundant and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. Any of these or other systems related problems could, in turn, adversely affect our sales and profitability.

Our business and our reputation could be adversely affected by the failure to protect sensitive employee, customer and consumer data, or to comply with evolving regulations relating to our obligation to protect such data.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store certain personal information from individuals, such as our customers and suppliers, and we process customer payment card and check information for purchases via our website. In addition, we may share with third-parties personal information we have collected. Cyber-attacks designed to gain access to sensitive information by breaching security systems of large organizations leading to unauthorized release of confidential information have occurred recently at a number of major U.S. companies despite widespread recognition of the cyber-attack threat and improved data protection methods. Computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our computer system or the systems of third-parties with which we have shared personal information and, if successful, misappropriate personal information, payment card or check information or confidential Company business information. In addition, a Company employee, contractor or other third party with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to obtain such information and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information.

We and third-parties with which we have shared personal information have been subject to attempts to breach the security of networks, IT infrastructure, and controls through cyber-attack, malware, computer viruses, social engineering attacks, and other means of unauthorized access. To the best of our knowledge, attempts to breach our networks and IT infrastructure have not been successful to date, but we have been a victim of a spear-phishing attack. A breach of systems that resulted in the unauthorized release of sensitive data could adversely affect our reputation and lead to financial losses from remedial actions or potential liability, possibly including punitive damages. An electronic security breach resulting in the unauthorized release of sensitive data from information systems could also materially increase the costs we already incur to protect against these risks. We continue to balance the additional risk with the cost to protect us against a breach. Additionally, while losses arising from a breach may be covered in part by insurance that we carry, such coverage may not be adequate for liabilities or losses actually incurred.

We may be subject to data privacy and data breach laws in the states in which we do business, and as we expand into other countries, we may be subject to additional data privacy laws and regulations. State data privacy laws (such as the California Consumer Privacy Act), including application and interpretation, are rapidly evolving. While we attempt to comply with such laws, we may not be in compliance at all times in all respects. Failure to comply with such laws may subject us to fines, administrative actions, and reputational harm.

We are subject to payments-related risks.

We accept direct to consumer and retail store payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, credit accounts (including promotional financing), gift cards, direct debit from a customer’s bank account, electronic payments (e.g., PayPal and Venmo), consumer invoicing and physical bank check. For existing and future payment options we offer to our customers, we may become subject to additional regulations and compliance requirements (including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes that could result in significant costs and reduce the ease of use of our payment methods). For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and negatively impact our profitability. We rely on third parties to provide certain payment methods and payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, electronic checks, electronic fund transfers, and promotional financing. In each case, it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us.

Our direct to consumer customers primarily use credit cards to buy from us. We are subject to the policies, procedures and rules of credit card issuers and payment card processors. We are completely dependent upon our payment card processors to process the sales transactions and remit the proceeds to us. The payment card processors have the right to withhold funds otherwise payable to us to establish or increase reserves based on their assessment of the inherent risks of payment card processing and their assessment of the risks of processing our customers’ payment cards at any time, and have done so from time to time in the past. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted in ways that make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with any of these policies, procedures, rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for card issuing banks’ costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers, or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. In addition, events affecting our payment card processors, including cyber-attacks, Internet or other infrastructure or communications impairment or other events that could interrupt the normal operation of the payment card processors, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Credit card fraud and our response to it could adversely affect our business.

We have received and anticipate we will continue to receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions it could reduce our net revenues and our gross profit or cause credit card or payment system companies to increase their fees to us or disallow their cards’ use for customer payments on our website. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, claims against us for these transactions could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.

Further, to the extent that our efforts to prevent fraudulent orders result in our inadvertent refusal to fill legitimate orders, we would lose the benefit of legitimate potential sales and risk the alienation of legitimate customers. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are at risk of fraudulent returns.

We believe some customers have processed a return of their purchased mattress products, and received a refund of the purchase price, fraudulently. If we fail to detect and prevent these fraudulent activities, we will suffer losses that would adversely affect our profitability. Also, our efforts to monitor and prevent fraud committed by customers could alienate legitimate customers which also could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on a few key employees, and if we lose the services of certain of our principal executive officers, we may not be able to run our business effectively.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to attract and retain key executive, merchandising, marketing, sales, finance, operations and engineering personnel. If any of our executive officers cease to be employed by us, we would have to hire additional qualified personnel. Our ability to successfully attract and hire other experienced and qualified executive officers cannot be assured and may be difficult because we face competition for these professionals from our competitors, our suppliers and other companies operating in our industry and in our geographic locations. Since the Business Combination, we have hired a new Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and a Chief Retail Officer. We have also experienced the departure of the prior Chief Marketing Officer and the prior Chief Branding Officer. These departures and any delay in replacing these executives could significantly disrupt our ability to grow and pursue our strategic

plans. We are currently in the process of searching for a qualified replacement for our Chief Marketing Officer. While we believe our new executive officers have benefitted and will continue to benefit us, finding qualified replacements is time-consuming, takes Company resources, and can disrupt our growth and achievement of strategic plans.

Further, the involvement of Tony and Terry Pearce has been crucial to the success of our company because of their extensive experience with and technical knowledge of our products. On August 17, 2020, Terry Pearce and Tony Pearce retired from our Board of Directors, and from their positions as Co-Directors of Research & Development. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to build out our research and development capabilities around the many technologies conceived by Tony and Terry Pearce, our ability to develop new technologies and innovative products may be adversely affected.

Our business exposes us to personal injury, property damage and product liability claims, which could result in adverse publicity and harm to our brands and our results of operations.

We may be subject to personal injury, property damage and product liability claims for the products that we sell or related to the Company showrooms we will operate. Any personal injury, property damage or product liability claim made against us, whether or not it has merit, could be time consuming and costly to defend, resulting in adverse publicity, or damage to our reputation, and have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any negative publicity involving our vendors, employees, labor contractors, delivery contractors and other parties who are not within our control could negatively impact us.

Further, the products we sell are subject to regulation by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) and similar state and international regulatory authorities. Such products could be subject to recalls and other actions by these authorities. Product safety concerns may require us to voluntarily remove selected products from our stores. Such recalls and voluntary removal of products can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We previously voluntarily reported to the CPSC concerning a potential defect in an accessory product supplied to us by third parties. After its review, CPSC staff closed the case with no action by the Commission. We are providing repair parts to customers with affected products as a warranty matter and are continuing to monitor the issue.

We anticipate at this time 40% of our customers who purchased this product will desire to receive our improvement which we will ship to them at no cost. Since we will incur the cost of this improvement, if our estimate is too low, we may incur additional expenses. Contacting customers with this improvement also may result in an increase in warranty claims or claims of injury or damage prior to receiving the improvement that has not yet been communicated to us. If a customer is harmed by a product failure there also could be litigation and expenses related to a claim of personal injury, which could harm our brand and reputation and negatively affect our operating results.

We maintain insurance against some forms of personal injury, property damage and product liability claims, but such coverage may not be adequate for liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, or any claim or product recall that results in significant adverse publicity against us, may have a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

Regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to, trade, customs, environmental, health and safety requirements, may require costly expenditures and expose us to liability.

Our products and our marketing and advertising programs are subject to regulation in the U.S. by various federal, state and local regulatory authorities, including the Federal Trade Commission and U.S. Customs

and Border Protection. In addition, our operations are subject to federal, state and local consumer protection regulations and other laws relating specifically to the bedding industry. These rules and regulations may change from time to time or may conflict. There may be continuing costs of regulatory compliance including continuous testing, additional quality control processes and appropriate auditing of design and process compliance. For example, the CPSC and other jurisdictions have adopted rules relating to fire retardancy standards for the mattress industry. Some states and the U.S. Congress continue to consider fire retardancy regulations that may be different from or more stringent than the current standard. Additionally, California, Rhode Island and Connecticut have all enacted laws requiring the recycling of mattresses discarded in their states. State and local bedding industry regulations vary among the states in which we operate but generally impose requirements as to the proper labeling of bedding merchandise, restrictions regarding the identification of merchandise as “new” or otherwise, controls as to hygiene and other aspects of product handling, disposal, sales, resales and penalties for violations. We or our suppliers may be required to incur significant expense to the extent that these regulations change and require new and different compliance measures. For example, new legislation aimed at improving the fire retardancy of mattresses, regulating the handling of mattresses in connection with preventing or controlling the spread of bed bugs could be passed, or requiring the recycling of discarded mattresses, could result in product recalls or in a significant increase in the cost of operating our business. In addition, failure to comply with these various regulations may result in penalties, the inability to conduct business as previously conducted or at all, or adverse publicity, among other things. Adoption of multi-layered regulatory regimes, particularly if they conflict with each other, could increase our costs, alter our manufacturing processes and impair the performance of our products which may have an adverse effect on our business. We are also subject to various health and environmental provisions, such as California Proposition 65 (the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986) and 16 CFR Part 1633 (Standard for the Flammability (Open Flame) of Mattress Sets).

Our marketing and advertising practices could also become the subject of proceedings before regulatory authorities or the subject of civil claims by competitors and other parties, which could result in civil litigation or regulatory penalties and require us to alter or end these practices or adopt new practices that are not as effective or are more expensive. Despite our efforts to comply with all marketing laws and regulations, we may not be in complete compliance at all times. Some competitors engage in the practice of regularly sending notices alleging non-compliance with certain of these regulations, and demanding proof of compliance, and while we may believe we comply with applicable regulations, this practice consumes our resources, could lead to litigation and may have a negative impact on our financial condition.

In addition, we are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to pollution, environmental protection and occupational health and safety. We may not be in complete compliance with all such requirements at all times, and we have been required in the past to make changes to our facilities in order to comply with these requirements. We have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures to comply with environmental and health and safety requirements. If a release of harmful or hazardous substances occurs on or from our properties or any associated offsite disposal location, or if contamination from prior activities is discovered at any of our properties, we may be held liable and the amount of such liability could be material. As a manufacturer of mattresses, pillows, cushions and related products, we use and dispose of a number of substances, such as glue, oil, solvents and other petroleum products, as well as certain foam ingredients, that may subject us to regulation under numerous foreign, federal and state laws and regulations governing the environment. Among other laws and regulations, we are subject in the U.S. to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act and related state and local statutes and regulations.

We are also subject to federal laws and regulations relating to international shipments, customs, and import controls. We may not be in complete compliance with all such requirements at all times, and if we are not in compliance with such requirements, we may be subject to penalties or fines, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations could also be impacted by a number of pending legislative and regulatory proposals to address greenhouse gas emissions in the U.S. and other countries. Certain countries have adopted the Kyoto

Protocol. New greenhouse gas reduction targets have been established under the Kyoto Protocol, as amended. This and other initiatives under consideration could affect our operations. These actions could increase costs associated with our manufacturing operations, including costs for raw materials, pollution control equipment and transportation. Because it is uncertain what laws will be enacted, we cannot predict the potential impact of such laws on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

We are also subject to regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet, e-commerce, electronic devices, and other services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, mobile communications, electronic device certification, electronic waste, energy consumption, electronic contracts and other communications, competition, consumer protection, trade and protectionist measures, web services, the provision of online payment services, information reporting requirements, unencumbered Internet access to our services or access to our facilities, the design and operation of websites and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, libel, and personal privacy apply to the Internet, e-commerce, digital content, and web services. Unfavorable regulations and laws could diminish the demand for, or availability of, our products and services and increase our cost of doing business.

Claims have been made against us for alleged violations of the Americans with Disability Act (“ADA”) related to accessibility to our website by the blind. The law is unsettled as to whether the ADA covers websites and what standards are applicable, but courts in certain jurisdictions have recognized these types of ADA claims. While we comply with industry standards for making our website accessible to the blind, and regularly test our site for this purpose, we may be subject to such claims and, as a result, we may be required to expend resources in defense of these claims that could increase our cost of doing business.

Regulatory requirements related to flammability standards for mattresses may increase our product costs and increase the risk of disruption to our business.

The CPSC adopted new flammability standards and related regulations which became effective nationwide in July 2007 for mattresses and mattress and foundation sets. Compliance with these requirements has resulted in higher materials and manufacturing costs for our products and has required modifications to our information systems and business operations, further increasing our costs and negatively impacting our capacity. Some states and the U.S. Congress continue to consider fire retardancy regulations that may be different from or more stringent than the CPSC standard. Adoption of multi-layered regulatory regimes, particularly if they conflict with each other, could increase our costs, alter our manufacturing processes and impair the performance of our products which may have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, these regulations require manufacturers to implement quality assurance programs and encourage manufacturers to conduct random testing of products. These regulations also require maintenance and retention of compliance documentation. These quality assurance and documentation requirements are costly to implement and maintain. If any product testing, other evidence, or regulatory inspections yield results indicating that any of our products may not meet the flammability standards, we may be required to temporarily cease production and distribution or to recall products from the field, and we may be subject to fines or penalties, any of which outcomes could harm our business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

We could be subject to additional sales tax or other indirect tax liabilities.

The application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value-added tax (VAT), goods and services tax, business tax and gross receipt tax) to e-commerce businesses and to our users is a complex and evolving issue and we may be unable to timely or accurately determine our obligations with respect to such indirect taxes, if any, in various jurisdictions. Many of the fundamental statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the adoption and growth of the Internet and e-commerce. In many cases, it is not clear how existing statutes apply to the Internet or e-commerce.

An increasing number of states and foreign jurisdictions have considered or adopted laws or administrative practices, with or without notice, that impose additional obligations on remote sellers and online marketplaces to collect transaction taxes such as sales, consumption, value added, or similar taxes. In 2016 and early 2017, we did not have systems and processes to collect these taxes in all jurisdictions where we were conducting business. Failure to comply with such laws or administrative practices, or a successful assertion by such states or foreign jurisdictions requiring us to collect taxes where we did not, could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, as well as penalties and interest. For the amounts incurred in 2016 and early 2017 that remain unpaid, we have estimated the sales tax liability, including penalties and interest to be approximately $3.3 million. We are in the process of working with each state to make the necessary filings and take advantage of any amnesty programs or negotiated settlements.

We are subject to sales tax or other indirect tax obligations as imposed by the various states in the United States. If the tax authorities in these jurisdictions were to challenge our filings or request an audit, our tax liability may increase.

We may be subject to laws, regulations, and administrative practices that require us to collect information from our customers, vendors, merchants, and other third parties for tax reporting purposes and report such information to various government agencies. The scope of such requirements continues to expand, requiring us to develop and implement new compliance systems. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in significant penalties.

The U.S. Supreme Court ruling in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., No.17-494, reversed a longstanding precedent that remote sellers are not required to collect state and local sales taxes. We cannot predict the effect of these and other attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on e-commerce. The Company currently collects and reports on sales tax in all states in which it does business. However, the application of existing, new or revised taxes on our business, in particular, sales taxes, VAT and similar taxes would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the internet. The application of these taxes on our business could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

We could be subject to additional income tax liabilities.

We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the U.S. tax laws, regulations, and administrative practices in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions are subject to significant change, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our provision and accruals for taxes. In addition, some states and cities require additional taxes or fees for the right to sell mattresses in their jurisdiction. While we have established reserves based on assumptions and estimates that we believe are reasonable to cover such taxes and fees, these reserves may prove to be insufficient.

Our determination of our tax liability is always subject to audit and review by applicable tax authorities. Any adverse outcome of any such audit or review could harm our business, and the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. Regardless of the outcome, responding to any such audit or review could cause us to incur significant costs and could divert resources away from our operations.

There are many transactions that occur during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax liability is uncertain. Our effective tax rates could be affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory rates, losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to realize the related tax benefit, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, entry into new businesses and geographies and changes to our

existing businesses, acquisitions (including integrations) and investments, changes in the price of our securities, changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, and changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations.

A number of U.S. states have attempted to increase corporate tax revenues by taking an expansive view of corporate presence to attempt to impose corporate income taxes and other direct business taxes on companies that have no physical presence in their state, and taxing authorities in other jurisdictions may take similar actions. Many U.S. states are also altering their apportionment formulas to increase the amount of taxable income or loss attributable to their state from certain out-of-state businesses. Further, we may be required in the future to pay sales and other taxes and fees to states where our products were warehoused before shipping. If more taxing authorities are successful in applying direct taxes to Internet companies that do not have a physical presence in their respective jurisdictions, this could increase our effective tax rate.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Section 382 and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. If finalized, Treasury Regulations currently proposed under Section 382 of the Code may further limit our ability to utilize our pre-change NOLs or other tax attributes if we undergo a future ownership change. We may have experienced ownership changes in the past, and we may experience ownership changes in the future and/or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which may be outside our control), including as a result of this offering. Thus, our ability to utilize carryforwards of our net operating losses and other tax attributes to reduce future tax liabilities may be substantially restricted. At this time, we have not completed a study to assess whether we have experienced any ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code.

We may be subject to sales reporting and record-keeping obligations.

One or more states, the U.S. federal government or other jurisdictions may seek to impose reporting or record-keeping obligations on companies that engage in or facilitate e-commerce. Such an obligation could be imposed by legislation intended to improve tax compliance (and legislation to such effect has been contemplated by several states and a number of foreign jurisdictions). Complying with such requirements would require us to devote significant amounts of time, attention and other resources, including financial resources, which may adversely affect our operations and profitability.

Delaware law and our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contain anti-takeover provisions, any of which could delay or discourage a merger, tender offer, or assumption of control of the Company not approved by our Board of Directors and founders that some stockholders may consider favorable.

Provisions of Delaware law and our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation could hamper a third party’s acquisition of us, or discourage a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. You may not have the opportunity to participate in these transactions. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for equity interests in the Company. These provisions include:

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

the right of our Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director in certain circumstances, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board;

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

a prohibition on stockholders calling a special meeting and the requirement that a meeting of stockholders may only be called by members of our Board, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

the requirement that changes or amendments to certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws must be approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our common stock; and

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a meeting of stockholders, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation could make it very difficult for an investor to bring any legal actions against us and our directors or officers and could require us to pay any amounts incurred by our directors or officers in any such actions.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our directors shall not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also allows us to indemnify our directors and officers from and against any and all costs, charges and expenses resulting from their acting in such capacities with us. This means that if you were able to enforce an action against our directors or officers, in all likelihood, we would be required to pay any expenses they incurred in defending the lawsuit and any judgment or settlement they otherwise would be required to pay. Accordingly, our indemnification obligations could divert needed financial resources and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and adversely affect the value of our business.

Provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents. It also provides that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of duty or obligation owed by any current or former director, officer or employee of ours to us or to our stockholders, including any claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach; any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer or employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or any action asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. To the extent that any such claims may be based upon federal law claims, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such

lawsuits against us and our directors, officers or employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We incur significant costs as a result of our operating as a public company and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance with the regulatory requirements placed on a public company.

As a public company with substantial operations, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. The costs of preparing and filing annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission and furnishing audited reports to stockholders are time-consuming and costly.

It is also time-consuming, difficult and costly for us to develop and implement the internal controls and reporting procedures required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Certain members of our management have limited or no experience operating a company whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or with the rules and reporting practices required by the federal securities laws as applied to a publicly traded company. We have hired and will continue to recruit, hire, train and retain additional financial reporting, internal control and other personnel in order to develop and implement appropriate internal controls and reporting procedures. If we are unable to comply with the internal controls requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to obtain the independent accountant certifications required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or may experience a financial loss. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely affect the value of our business.

As a public company, we are required to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and to comply with other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC. Even when such controls are implemented, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, cannot guarantee that our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all possible errors or loss. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company or perpetrated against us will be prevented or have been detected. These inherent limitations include the possibility that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and subject to simple error or mistake. Furthermore, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, measures of control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, new fraudulent schemes, or the deterioration of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and/or may not be detected.

We have been the victim of a spear-phishing attack that resulted in the diversion of immaterial payroll payments to a bank account that did not belong to the employee, resulting in the loss of those funds. Though we have implemented additional controls to address spear-phishing and phishing attacks, such controls may not be effective to protect us against such attacks in the future and we may incur financial losses that alone or together could adversely impact the business.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our financial statements.

The accuracy of our financial reporting depends on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect

to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or lapses in disclosure controls and procedures, could undermine the ability to provide accurate disclosure (including with respect to financial information) on a timely basis, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our disclosures (including with respect to financial information), require significant resources to remediate the lapse or deficiency, and expose us to legal or regulatory proceedings.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over our tax provision process which could, if not remediated, result in material misstatements in our financial statements.

Our management has identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the preparation of our quarterly report for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, we identified a material weakness in internal controls over the tax provision process, specifically related to the release of the valuation allowance and the unique recording of the Tax Receivable Agreement liability during the quarter.

We continue to evaluate, design and work through the process of implementing controls and procedures under a remediation plan designed to address this material weakness. If our remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control are discovered or occur in the future, our financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results, which could lead to substantial additional costs for accounting and legal fees and stockholder litigation.

We may need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements.

We are required to comply with a variety of reporting, accounting and other rules and regulations. Compliance with existing requirements is expensive. As a public company, we are required to comply with additional regulations and other requirements. These and future requirements may increase our costs and require additional management time and resources. We may need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls to satisfy our reporting requirements. If our internal control over financial reporting is determined to be ineffective, such failure could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, negatively affect the value of our business, subject us to regulatory investigations and penalties, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Relating to Our Organizational Structure

Our only significant asset is our ownership of Purple LLC and such ownership may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Class A Common Stock or satisfy our other financial obligations, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We are a holding company and do not directly own any operating assets other than our ownership of interests in Purple LLC. We depend on Purple LLC for distributions, loans and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including our expenses as a publicly traded company, to pay any dividends, and to satisfy our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The earnings from, or other available assets of, Purple LLC may not be sufficient to make distributions or pay dividends, pay expenses or satisfy our other financial obligations, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Moreover, our debt covenants may not allow us to pay dividends.

We are an emerging growth company, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A Common Stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have been an emerging growth company since our initial public offering in August 2015 and will continue to be an emerging growth company until the end of 2020. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to opt out of this extended transition period for implementing new or revised accounting standards, which means that when an accounting standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we can adopt the new or revised accounting standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

Future sales of our Class A Common Stock by our existing stockholders may cause our stock price to fall.

The market price of our Class A Common Stock could decline as a result of sales by our existing stockholders in the market, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. In addition, subsequent public issuances of our stock would cause the interest of each current Purple Inc. stockholder to be diluted.

As of August 31, 2020, Tony and Terry Pearce control approximately 25% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, including through 13,600,000 shares held by InnoHold, all 13,600,000 of which are registered for resale under this prospectus. Also, at this time, CCP and Blackwell own a substantial percentage of the shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company and warrants for additional Class A Common Stock. Any of these shareholders may choose to sell shares of common stock.

Fluctuations in operating results, quarter to quarter earnings and other factors, including incidents involving Purple LLC’s clients and negative media coverage, may result in significant decreases in the price of our Class A Common Stock.

The stock markets experience volatility that is often unrelated to operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A Common Stock and, as a result, there may be significant volatility in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If we are unable to operate our business as profitably as in the past or as our investors expect us to in the future, the market price of our Class A Common Stock will likely decline when it becomes apparent that the market expectations may not be realized. In addition to our operating results, many economic and seasonal factors outside of our control could have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A Common Stock and increase fluctuations in our quarterly earnings. These factors include certain of the risks discussed herein, operating results of other companies in the sleep and comfort products industry, changes in our financial estimates or recommendations of securities analysts, speculation in the press or investment community, negative media coverage or risk of proceedings or government investigation, the possible effects of war, disease, terrorist and other hostilities, adverse weather conditions,

changes in general conditions in the economy or the financial markets or other developments affecting the sleep products industry.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the business or for other corporate purposes and do not anticipate that cash dividends with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be paid in the foreseeable future. Any decision as to the future payment of dividends will depend on our results of operations, financial position and such other factors as our board of directors, in its discretion, deems relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A Common Stock will be a stockholder’s sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Moreover, our debt covenants may not allow us to pay dividends.

A market for our securities may not be maintained, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to our operating performance and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never become sustainable for many reasons, including that InnoHold, CCP and Blackwell, who hold a significant portion of our outstanding common stock, may not sell shares, or sell enough shares, to increase the float to a point where a sustainable market develops. You may be unable to sell your securities unless an established market can be sustained.

Purple LLC’s level of indebtedness could adversely affect Purple LLC’s and our ability to meet its obligations under its indebtedness, react to changes in the economy or its industry and to raise additional capital to fund operations.

As of June 30, 2020, Purple LLC had total debt of $42.1 million outstanding, comprised of $41.6 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and $0.5 million in capital lease obligations. Under the original Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we were allowed to defer 7% of the 12% quarterly interest payments and add those deferred payments in the outstanding debt balance. In March 2020, Purple LLC entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”). The purpose of this Amendment is to allow Purple LLC to defer the remaining 5% of interest for the quarterly payments due March 31 and June 30, 2020 in an effort to reduce cash disbursements during the current COVID-19 pandemic. Pursuant to the Amendment, we were allowed to defer and capitalize the full amount of the interest payments due on March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020. The Amendment increased the total debt outstanding by approximately $1.1 million.

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to stockholders. For example, it could:

make it more difficult to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, resulting in possible defaults on, and acceleration of, such indebtedness;

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business;

limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business;

limit our ability to make material acquisitions or take advantage of business opportunities that may arise; and

place us at a potential competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.

Future operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and we may be unable to comply with all covenants in the future.

The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement imposes restrictions that could impede Purple LLC’s and the Company’s ability to enter into certain corporate transactions, as well as increases our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, by limiting our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business and industry. These restrictions will limit our ability to, among other things:

make capital expenditures in excess of $20 million;

incur capital lease obligations in excess of $10 million;

enter into future asset-based loans in excess of $10 million;

guarantee additional debt;

pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any capital stock;

make certain payments, dividends, distributions or investments; and

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of Purple LLC’s assets, other than with respect to the Business Combination.

In addition, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains certain negative covenants that restrict the incurrence of indebtedness unless certain incurrence-based financial covenant requirements are met. The restrictions may prevent Purple LLC and the Company from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interests of the business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. On August 20, 2020, we, Purple LLC, and the Lenders entered into a Wavier and Consent to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Waiver”), which provides that should there be a Change of Control Transaction (as that term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) prior to September 30, 2020, in which InnoHold ceases to retain an ownership interest in the Company of 25% or more of the aggregate equity interests in the Company, the Event of Default (as that term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) from any such future Change of Control Transaction is prospectively waived upon the following conditions: (a) the execution and delivery of this Waiver; (b) an increase to the principal amount of the loan owing to Lenders in the amount of the current prepayment premium which is 6% of the then outstanding principal amount of the loan; (c) an increase in the interest on the loan to the Default Rate until all obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement have been paid in full; and (d) no other Event of Default occurred and is continuing or caused as a result of giving effect to this Waiver. The increase in the principal amount of the loan and the Default Rate will not occur as a condition of this Waiver until, if ever, a Change of Control Transaction occurs before September 30, 2020. If there is a Change of Control Transaction during this period, the Company will have the right to pay off the loan and no additional prepayment premium will be owed. The Waiver also provides that there will be no Change of Control Transaction and no Default or Event of Default as a result of actions of third parties, such as the issuance of shares upon the exercise of options or warrants, that cause InnoHold’s ownership interest in the Company to drop below 25% but no lower than 24%.

If we determine that we need to take any action that is restricted under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will need to first obtain a waiver from the Lenders. Obtaining such waivers, if needed, may impose additional costs on the Company or we may be unable to obtain such waivers. Purple LLC’s ability to comply with these restrictive covenants in future periods will largely depend on its ability to successfully implement its overall business strategy. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default, which could result in the acceleration of Purple LLC’s debt. In the event of an acceleration of Purple LLC’s debt, Purple LLC could be forced to apply all available cash flows to repay such debt, which would reduce or eliminate distributions to us, which could also force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Certain outstanding warrants could be exercised and result in dilution of all shareholders without any concurrent payment or other benefit to the Company.

In connection with the closing of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we issued to the Lenders, in a private placement, warrants (the “Incremental Loan Warrants”) to purchase 2.6 million shares of our Class A Common Stock. The Incremental Loan Warrants are initially exercisable at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to certain adjustments. In May 2020 Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce ceased to own, individually or together, including through InnoHold, at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, and pursuant to the terms of the warrant agreement, the exercise price was reduced to $0. As a result, the Incremental Loan Warrants may be exercised without any further consideration paid to us, resulting in further dilution to existing shareholders. In addition, if we request and the Lenders agree to provide additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue to the Lenders additional warrants on the same terms as the Incremental Loan Warrants.

Certain outstanding warrants held by former members of Global Partner Sponsor, LLC (the sponsor for Global Partner Acquisition Corp., our predecessor) and CCP and its affiliates may be exercised on a cashless basis, without any further consideration paid to us. In addition, in the event that the last sales price of our common stock reported has been at least $24.00 per share on each of twenty trading days within a thirty (30) trading-day period, we may elect to redeem our outstanding warrants (other than those held by former members of Global Partner Sponsor, LLC and certain warrants held by CCP and its affiliates) at a redemption price of $0.01 per warrant, or we may, alternatively, require such warrants to be exercised on a cashless basis. If we require such warrants to be exercised on a cashless basis, we will be required to issue shares of our Class A Common Stock without any further consideration being paid to us, which would also result in dilution to existing shareholders.

We could issue additional preferred stock without stockholder approval with the effect of diluting then current stockholder interests, impairing their voting rights and potentially discouraging a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board has the ability to authorize the issuance of up to five million shares of preferred stock at any time and from time to time, with such terms and preferences as the Board determines and without any stockholder approval other than as may be required by NASDAQ rules. The issuance of such shares of preferred stock could dilute the interest of, or impair the voting power of, our common stockholders. The issuance of such preferred stock could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.

We may issue debt and equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, any of which may be senior to our Class A Common Stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our Class A Common Stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by entering into additional debt or debt-like financing that is unsecured or secured by up to all of our assets, or by issuing additional debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of secured or unsecured notes, preferred stock, hybrid securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and

holders of our debt would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to holders of our Class A Common Stock, and holders of preferred securities would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings may be influenced by market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future.

Tax Risks Relating to Our Structure

Although we may be entitled to tax benefits relating to additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with the exchanges of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock into our Class A Common Stock and related transactions, we will be required to pay InnoHold 80% of these tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Owners of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock may, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions, exchange their Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. The deemed exchanges in the Business Combination and any exchanges pursuant to the Exchange Agreement are expected to result in increases in our allocable share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Purple LLC. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of income or franchise tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or any applicable foreign, state or local tax authority may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge. As of August 31, 2020, there have been 43.4 million exchanges of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock (approximately 16.9 million of which have occurred since June 30, 2020), in addition to the deemed exchanges that occurred in connection with the Business Combination.

In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement, which generally provides for the payment by us to InnoHold of 80% of certain tax benefits, if any, that we realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including income or franchise tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. These payment obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement are the obligation of the Company and not of Purple LLC. The actual increase in our allocable share of the Company’s tax basis in its assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the market price of shares of our Common Stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income. As of June 30, 2020, the Company’s preliminary estimate of the liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement resulting from the deemed exchanges that occurred in connection with the Business Combination and exchanges of 26.6 million Paired Securities prior to June 30, 2020 was approximately $81.5 million. Due to the release of the Company’s valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets to which the Tax Receivable Agreement liability relates, only $78.7 million of the $81.5 million estimated liability has been recorded as of June 30, 2020 ($0.5 million in 2019 and an incremental $78.2 million through June 30, 2020). The additional $2.8 million is expected to be recordedyour investment in the third and fourth quarters of the year ending December 31, 2020. To the extent the Company realizes tax benefits in future years, or in the event of a change in future tax rates, or if payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are required to be accelerated, this liability may exceed the estimated liability.

Because not all of the relevant factors described above are known at this time with respect to the exchanges that have occurred, and none of the relevant factors are known with respect to future exchanges (whether this year or in subsequent years), except as estimated above, we cannot yet with certainty determine the amounts (if any) that would or will be payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, we expect that as a result of the possible size and frequency of the exchanges and the resulting increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Purple LLC, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will beoffered securities.

substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of the Company by the holders of units.

InnoHold will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, excess payments made to such holders will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after the determination of such excess. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of our actual income or franchise tax savings, if any, and we may not be able to recoup such excess, which could materially impair our financial condition and adversely affect our liquidity.

If all of the 17.5 million Paired Securities outstanding as of June 30, 2020 (including for this purpose approximately 16.9 million Paired Securities that have been exchanged on various dates and at various prices since June 30, 2020) were exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock at the time of such exchange were equal to $19.66 per share (the closing price of a share of our Class A Common Stock on August 26, 2020), our aggregate liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement would be, including the estimated $81.5 million liability described above, approximately $167.9 million in total, payable in estimated annual amounts ranging from $1.0 million to $20.0 million over a 15-year period. Of that approximately $167.9 million amount, approximately $86.4 million relates to the approximately 16.9 million Paired Securities that have been exchanged since June 30, 2020. The foregoing estimate of our aggregate liability is based on certain assumptions, including that there are no changes in relevant tax law, that we are able to fully depreciate or amortize our assets, and that we recognize taxable income sufficient to realize the full benefit of the increased depreciation and amortization of our assets in each of the next 15 tax years. These assumptions may not be accurate with respect to all or any exchanges of Paired Securities for Class A Common Stock. As a result, the amount and timing of our actual aggregate liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement may differ materially from our estimates depending on a number of factors, including those described above and elsewhere in this prospectus.

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, in the event that we exercise our right to early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, or in the event of a change of control of the Company or we are more than 90 days late in making of a payment due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate, and we will be required to make a lump-sum payment to InnoHold equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. The change of control payment to InnoHold and the other owners could be substantial and could exceed the actual tax benefits that we receive as a result of acquiring units from other owners of Purple LLC because the amounts of such payments would be calculated assuming that we would have been able to use the potential tax benefits each year for the remainder of the amortization periods applicable to the basis increases, and that tax rates applicable to us would be the same as they were in the year of the termination. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control due to the additional transaction cost a potential acquirer may attribute to satisfying such obligations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Decisions made in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by InnoHold under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or

acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of InnoHold to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Even in the absence of an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, change of control of the Company or a payment that is more than 90 days late under the Tax Receivable Agreement, there may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual income or franchise tax savings that we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement or if distributions to us by Purple LLC are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after we have paid taxes and other expenses. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We may need to incur additional indebtedness to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We may not be able to realize all or a portion of the tax benefits that are expected to result from the acquisition of Units from Purple LLC Class B Unitholders.

Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Company will share tax savings resulting from (A) the amortization of the anticipated step-up in tax basis in Purple LLC’s assets as a result of (i) the Business Combination and (ii) the exchange of (a) the Class B Units and (b) the Class B Common Stock, in each case that were received in connection with the Business Combination, for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and (B) certain other related transactions with InnoHold in connection with the Business Combination. The amount of any such tax savings attributable to the payment of cash to InnoHold in connection with the Business Combination and the exchanges contemplated by the Exchange Agreement will be paid 80% to InnoHold and other owners of such securities and retained 20% by the Company. Our ability to realize, and benefit from, these tax savings depends on a number of assumptions, including that we will earn sufficient taxable income each year during the period over which the deductions arising from any such basis increases and payments are available and that there are no adverse changes in applicable law or regulations. If our actual taxable income were insufficient to fully utilize such tax benefits or there were adverse changes in applicable law or regulations, we may be unable to realize all or a portion of these expected benefits and our cash flows and stockholders’ equity could be negatively affected.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

costs related to intercompany restructurings; and

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, each prospectus supplement and the documentsinformation incorporated by reference hereinin this prospectus and thereineach prospectus supplement contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act.1995, as amended, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Statements in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein that are not descriptions of historical facts are forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition and stock price.

These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for Purple Innovation, Inc. (the “Company” or “Purple”). Forward-lookingPurple. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements relating to the future financial performance of the Company, changes in the markets in which Purple competes, expansion plans and opportunities, expansion of the direct to consumer market, our expectation of opening additional Purple retail showrooms, increases in capital, advertising and operational expenses, and other statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target” or similar expressions.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein are made only as of the date thereof.hereof and are only predictions. It is routine for our internal projections and expectations to change throughout the year, and any forward-looking statements based upon these projections or expectations may change prior to the end of the next quarter or year. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. TheseSome of these risks, uncertainties and uncertainties include, butassumptions are not limited to, those factors described under the headingheadings “Risk Factors.”Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. These risks and others described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may not be exhaustive.

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. TheseYou should, however, review the factors and risks and others described under “Risk Factors” may not be exhaustive.we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-lookingThese statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results or operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We include in this prospectus statements regarding factors that have impacted our and our customers’ industries. Such statements are statements of belief and are based on industry datainformation available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and forecastswhile we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have obtained from industry publicationsconducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and surveys, including those published prioryou are cautioned not to the dateunduly rely on the cover of this prospectus. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. In addition, while we believe that the industry information included herein is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, as well as the other risk factors incorporated by reference in this prospectus.these statements.

USE OF PROCEEDS

All ofUnless otherwise indicated in the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be offered byprospectus supplement, we will use the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Stockholder for its account. We will not receive any of thenet proceeds from these sales. The Selling Stockholder has informed us that $5 million from the proceeds of this offering will be held in escrow to secure certain indemnification obligations of the Selling Stockholder to the Company under the Merger Agreement.

The Selling Stockholder will pay any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions and transfer taxes attributable to the resale of the shares of our Class A Common Stock the Selling Stockholder holds. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus. These may include, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, blue sky fees, printing expenses, NASDAQ listing fees, FINRA fees, fees and expenses of our counsel and accountants and one counsel for the Selling Stockholder, fees and expenses of any special experts retained by us in connection with such registration, internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of our officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and all of our portion of expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten public offering.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview of Our Business

Our mission is to help people feel and live better through innovative comfort solutions.

We are a digitally-native vertical brand founded on comfort product innovation with premium offerings. We design and manufacture a variety of innovative, branded and premium comfort products, including mattresses, pillows, cushions, frames, sheets, and other products. Our products are the result of over 30 years of innovation and investment in proprietary and patented comfort technologies and the development of our own manufacturing processes. Our proprietary gel technology, Hyper-Elastic Polymer, underpins many of our comfort products and provides a range of benefits that differentiate our offerings from other competitors’ products. We market and sell our products through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) online channels, retail brick-and-mortar wholesale partners, third-party online retailers and our Company showrooms.

The below discussion is as of June 30, 2020 and does not reflect recent developments that have taken place since that date. A discussion of such developments is included under the heading “Summary—Recent Developments” beginning on page 7 above.

We have recently experienced significant growth, as evidenced by the following achievements:

Net revenue increased 54% to $287.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to $186.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019

Net income was $14.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to a net loss of ($8.1) million in the six months ended June 30, 2019

Adjusted EBITDA was $45.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to $12.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019

Total doors increased 73% to 1,849 as of June 30, 2020, compared to 1,064 as of June 30, 2019 from omni-channel initiatives and wholesale channel expansion

LOGOLOGO

The Average Selling Price for mattresses increased 8%, or $135 per mattress, in the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019 due to price increases implemented in the third quarter of 2019, the introduction of new premium products, and the shift in product mix toward more premium products in both the DTC and wholesale channels

LOGOLOGO

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations for Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the section entitled “Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 66 of this prospectus.

COVID-19 Pandemic Developments

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted many aspects of our operations, directly and indirectly, including disruption of our employees, consumer behavior, distribution and logistics, our suppliers, and the market overall. The scope and nature of these impacts continue to evolve. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of precautionary measures to manage our resources and mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic, which is intended to help minimize the risk to our Company, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. Employees at the Company’s headquarters and certain other employees have been asked to work from home where possible, with only limited access given to employees to work in the office when necessary. For roles that require employees to be on-site, such as our manufacturing facility and distribution center, we are providing protective equipment, practicing social distancing and increasing sanitizing standards.

Despite the ongoing challenges from COVID-19, the Company has been able to capitalize on the opportunities created by this situation. We continue to serve our customers through our Direct to Consumer (“DTC”) channel, which has remained strong throughout the quarter as consumer demand for our premium, differentiated product offerings shifted to our DTC channel. We continue to focus our efforts in our DTC core competencies resulting in a continued acceleration in DTC channel sales across all of our product categories throughout the quarter. This increase in demand was a contributing factor to DTC net revenue growth of 128% over the prior year second quarter. There can be no assurance that this trend of increased demand through our DTC channel will continue. We initially experienced a sharp decline in the wholesale side of our business as temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives occurred in most U.S. states. As the shutdowns were lifted and stores began to open again, demand through the wholesale channel increased. In addition, we were able to re-open our three Company showrooms in California in June 2020, one of which subsequently closed again in July 2020 in compliance with local orders.

This increase in DTC and Wholesale demand allowed us to work through a portion of our on-hand inventory and required us to ramp up production. We continue to take advantage of our vertically integrated business model to adjust production schedules to leverage inventory on hand and tightly manage labor costs. We also continue to dynamically adjust our significant discretionary online advertising spend in response to any changes in DTC trends as they develop.

Our supply chain has not been significantly affected by COVID-19. Currently, our domestic suppliers are able to continue operations and provide necessary materials when needed. Suppliers in China were temporarily closed as a result of the pandemic but we had sufficient inventory on hand. Many of our suppliers have resumed production and are able to supply materials as needed.

Although the Company has taken measures to protect the business, we cannot predict the specific duration for which these precautionary measures will stay in effect, and we may elect or need to take additional measures as the information available to us continues to develop, including with respect to our employees, manufacturing facility and distribution center, and relationships with our suppliers and customers. Subject to certain assumptions regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, and government, consumer, and our responses thereto, based on our current projections we believe our cash on hand, ongoing cash generated from e-commerce and continuing resumption and ramp up of store operations and our wholesale business, will be sufficient to cover our working capital requirements and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months. However, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures in response thereto may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be precisely predicted at this time.

Operating Results for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, our results of operations and the percentage of total revenue represented in our statements of operations:

   Three Months Ended June 30, 
   2020  % of
Net
Revenues
  2019  % of
Net
Revenues
 

Revenues, net

  $165,096   100.0 $103,004   100.0

Cost of revenues

   83,465   50.6   60,221   58.5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Gross profit

   81,631   49.4   42,783   41.5 

Operating expenses:

     

Marketing and sales

   39,423   23.9   35,967   34.9 

General and administrative

   8,677   5.3   7,933   7.7 

Research and development

   1,580   1.0   1,244   1.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

   49,680   30.1   45,144   43.8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Operating income (loss)

   31,951   19.4   (2,361  (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Other income (expense):

     

Interest expense

   (1,424  (0.9  (1,301  (1.3

Other income (expense), net

   16   0.0   6   0.0 

Change in fair value—warrant liabilities

   (38,970  (23.6  (3,685  (3.6

Tax receivable agreement expense

   (32,823  (19.9      
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total other expense, net

   (73,201  (44.3  (4,980  (4.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net loss before income taxes

   (41,250  (25.0  (7,341  (7.1

Income tax benefit

   35,428   21.5       
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net loss

   (5,822  (3.5  (7,341  (7.1

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   (3,841  (2.3  (6,003  (5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net loss attributable to Purple Innovation, Inc.

  $(1,981  (1.2 $(1,338  (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Revenues, net

Total net revenue increased $62.1 million, or 60.3%, to $165.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020 from $103.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019 due to a $40.1 million increase in mattress sales, a $14.0 million increase in top of mattress sales and a $8.0 million net increase in other products. These increases in revenue were primarily attributable to a channel shift toward DTC across all product lines due to recent increases in online shopping in home furnishings.

Cost of Revenues

The cost of revenues increased $23.2 million, or 38.6%, to $83.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020 from $60.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was due to a $9.3 million increase in direct material costs, a $4.8 million increase in labor and overhead, a $4.8 million increase in freight charges and a $4.3 million increase in merchant processing fees. The gross profit percentage increased to 49.4% of net revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2020 from 41.5% for the same period in 2019. The improvement in gross profit was primarily driven by higher margins due to channel shift toward higher margin DTC sales.

Marketing and Sales

Marketing and sales expenses increased $3.4 million, or 9.6%, to $39.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020 from $36.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was due to a $2.3 million increase in advertising costs, and a $3.0 million increase in marketing salaries related to an increase in personnel, partially offset by a decrease of $1.9 million increase in other marketing and sales expenses. The marketing and sales expense as a percentage of net revenue was 23.9% for the three months ended June 30, 2020. This is a decrease from 34.9% for the three months ended June 30, 2019 due to efficiencies in our advertising spending created from enhanced marketing strategies, lower advertising costs and a temporary reduction in advertising spending as part of our cash preservation initiatives.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 9.4%, to $8.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020 from $7.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increases in salaries related to an increase in personnel, software subscriptions, legal fees, partially offset by decreases in other expenses.

Research and Development

Research and development costs increased $0.4 million, or 27.0%, to $1.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020 from $1.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was due to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and other R&D expenses as we added resources for new product innovation.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income increased $34.4 million to $32.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020, from operating loss of $2.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased DTC sales with higher margins and lower marketing and sales costs as a percentage of revenue.

Interest Expense

We incurred $1.4 million in interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2020 including $1.2 million related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and $0.2 million in other interest. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement had an outstanding principal balance of $41.6 million at June 30, 2020. Interest accrues at a fixed rate of 12% and we have been historically capitalizing 7% interest and paying 5% interest in cash. In March 2020, we signed the first amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that allows the Company to capitalize the full 12% interest, or approximately $1.2 million for each of the two quarterly payments due March 31 and June 30, 2020. This was part of an effort to reduce cash disbursements during the current COVID-19 pandemic. Interest expense was $1.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2019. The portion relating to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was $1.2 million of which

$0.7 million was paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount and $0.5 million was paid in cash. In addition, we incurred discounts and debt issuance costs related to the debt in the amount of $0.2 million which was amortized to interest expense as non-cash interest.

Change in Fair Value—Warrant Liabilities

The Incremental Loan Warrants issued in conjunction with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value on the date of the transaction and subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value included in earnings. An increase in fair value for the three months ended June 30, 2020 resulted in a non-cash loss in the amount of $39.0 million recorded in earnings for the period. The increase in the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants as of June 30, 2020 was due primarily to the increase in our stock price and the decrease of the Pearce’s ownership interest below 50%, which triggered a change in the exercise price of the outstanding Incremental Loan Warrants to $0.

Tax Receivable Agreement Expense

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) with InnoHold. As noncontrolling interest holders exercise their right to exchange or cause Purple LLC to redeem all or a portion of their Class B Units, a TRA liability is recorded based on 80% of the estimated future cash tax savings that the Company may realize as a result of increases in the basis of the assets of Purple LLC attributed to the Company as a result of such exchange or redemption. As a result of the deemed exchanges in the Business Combination and exchanges of 26.6 million Paired Securities for shares of Class A Common Stock and the release of the Company’s valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets to which the TRA liability relates, a liability of $78.7 million has been recorded as of June 30, 2020, of which $78.1 million was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2020. Of the total liability recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2020, $45.3 million relates to current period exchanges and was recorded as an adjustment to equity and $32.8 million was recorded to expense as it related to reestablishing the TRA liability related to prior year exchanges. There was no TRA expense incurred for the three months ended June 30, 2019 as the Company had a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets and no TRA liability was recorded.

Income Tax Benefit

Our income tax benefit was $35.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020, compared to no income tax benefit for the three months ended June 30, 2019. Our income tax benefit for the three months ended June 30, 2020 is primarily due to the release of the federal and state valuation allowance and the recognition of deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2020. No income tax benefit was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2019 as the Company had a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets.

Noncontrolling Interest

As a result of the Business Combination in 2018, we attribute net income or loss to the Class B units in Purple LLC, owned by InnoHold and other parties, as a noncontrolling interest at their aggregate ownership percentage. At June 30, 2020, this ownership percentage was approximately 32%, a decrease from approximately 82% at June 30, 2019. This decrease was the result of the exchange of 26.6 million Paired Securities for shares of Class A Common Stock, mostly attributed to InnoHold’s two secondary public offerings concluded in November 2019 and May 2020.

Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, our results of operations and the percentage of total revenue represented in our statements of operations:

   Six Months Ended June 30, 
   2020  % of
Net
Revenues
  2019  % of
Net
Revenues
 

Revenues, net

  $287,471   100.0 $186,652   100.0

Cost of revenues

   152,658   53.1   109,800   58.8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Gross profit

   134,813   46.9   76,852   41.2 

Operating expenses:

     

Marketing and sales

   76,107   26.5   59,984   32.1 

General and administrative

   16,225   5.6   12,498   6.7 

Research and development

   3,025   1.1   1,934   1.0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

   95,357   33.2   74,416   39.9 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Operating income

   39,456   13.7   2,436   1.3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Other income (expense):

     

Interest expense

   (2,813  (1.0  (2,445  (1.3

Other income (expense), net

   106   0.0   235   0.1 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

         (6,299  (3.4

Change in fair value—warrant liabilities

   (25,337  (8.8  (1,988  (1.1

Tax receivable agreement expense

   (32,945  (11.5      
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total other expense, net

   (60,989  (21.2  (10,497  (5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net loss before income taxes

   (21,533  (7.5  (8,061  (4.3

Income tax benefit

   35,712   12.4       
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net Income (loss)

   14,179   4.9   (8,061  (4.3

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

   7,325   2.5   (6,593  (3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net income (loss) attributable to Purple Innovation, Inc.

  $6,854   2.4  $(1,468  (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Revenue

Total net revenue increased $100.8 million, or 54.0%, to $287.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from $186.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 due mainly to a $66.6 million increase in mattress sales, a $24.5 million increase in top of mattress sales and a $9.6 million net increase in other products. These increases in revenue were primarily attributable to a channel shift toward DTC across all product lines due to recent increases in online shopping in home furnishings.

Cost of Revenues

The cost of revenues increased $42.9 million, or 39.0%, to $152.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from $109.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $19.2 million increase in direct material costs, a $10.4 million increase in labor and overhead, $6.6 million increase in freight charges, $5.8 million increase in merchant processing fees, and a $0.9 million increase in other costs, all associated with increased sales. The gross profit percentage increased to 46.9% of net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from 41.2% for the same period in 2019. The improvement in gross profit was primarily driven by higher margins due to channel shift toward higher margin DTC sales.

Marketing and Sales

Marketing and sales expenses increased $16.1 million, or 26.9%, to $76.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from $60.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was due to a $10.5 million increase in advertising costs, a $5.1 million increase in marketing salaries related to an increase in personnel and a $0.5 million increase in other marketing and sales expenses. The marketing and sales expense as a percentage of net revenue was 26.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2020. This is a decrease from 32.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2019 due to efficiencies in our advertising spending created from enhanced marketing strategies, lower advertising costs and a temporary reduction in advertising spending as part of our cash preservation initiatives.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $3.7 million, or 29.8%, to $16.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in salaries related to an increase in personnel, a $1.1 million increase in software subscriptions, legal fees and a new corporate building lease and $1.4 million increase in all other expenses, partially offset by a decrease of $2.3 million of stock compensation expense.

Research and Development

Research and development costs increased $1.1 million, or 56.4%, to $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to $0.6 million in amortization of a one-year license agreement for innovative technology and a $0.5 million increase in salaries and other R&D expenses as we added resources for new product innovation.

Operating Income

Operating income increased $37.1 million, or 1,519.7%, to $39.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, from operating income of $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased DTC sales with higher margins and lower marketing and sales costs as a percentage of revenue.

Interest Expense

We incurred $2.8 million in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 including $2.4 million related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and $0.4 million in other interest. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement had an outstanding principal balance of $41.6 million at June 30, 2020. Interest accrues at a fixed rate of 12% and we have been historically capitalizing 7% interest and paying 5% interest in cash. In March 2020, we signed the first amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that allows the Company to capitalize the full 12% interest, or approximately $1.2 million for the two quarterly payments due March 31 and June 30, 2020. This was part of an effort to reduce cash disbursements during the current COVID-19 pandemic. Interest expense was $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The portion relating to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was $2.0 million of which $1.2 million was paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount and $0.8 million was paid in cash. In addition, there was $0.4 million in other interest.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In February 2019, in conjunction with the Incremental Loan under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we determined that the amended debt terms resulted in substantially different terms for a portion of the existing debt and therefore was required to be accounted for as an extinguishment of a portion of the existing

debt. Accordingly, we recognized a non-cash loss on the extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt of approximately $6.3 million. This was a non-cash expense primarily associated with the recognition of related unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs and the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants issued.

Change in Fair Value—Warrant Liabilities

The Incremental Loan Warrants issued in conjunction with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value on the date of the transaction and subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value included in earnings. An increase in fair value for the six months ended June 30, 2020 resulted in a non-cash loss in the amount of $25.3 million recorded in earnings for the period. The increase in the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants as of June 30, 2020 was due primarily to the increase in our stock price and the decrease of the Pearce’s ownership interest below 50%, which triggered a change in the exercise price of the outstanding Incremental Loan Warrants to $0.

Tax Receivable Agreement Expense

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company entered into the TRA with InnoHold. As noncontrolling interest holders exercise their right to exchange or cause Purple LLC to redeem all or a portion of their Class B Units, a TRA liability is recorded based on 80% of the estimated future cash tax savings that the Company may realize as a result of increases in the basis of the assets of Purple LLC attributed to the Company as a result of such exchange or redemption. As a result of the deemed exchanges in the Business Combination and exchanges of 26.6 million Paired Securities for shares of Class A Common Stock and the release of the Company’s valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets to which the TRA liability relates, a liability of $78.7 million has been recorded as of June 30, 2020, of which $78.2 million was recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2020. Of the total liability recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2020, $45.3 million relates to current year exchanges and was recorded as an adjustment to equity and $32.9 million was recorded to expense as it related to reestablishing the TRA liability related to prior year exchanges. There was no TRA expense incurred for the six months ended June 30, 2019 as the Company had a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets and no TRA liability was recorded.

Income Tax Benefit

Our income tax benefit was $35.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to no income tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Our income tax benefit is primarily due to the release of the federal and state valuation allowance and the recognition of deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2020. No income tax benefit was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2019 as the Company had a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets.

Noncontrolling Interest

As a result of the Business Combination in 2018, we attribute net income or loss to the Class B units in Purple LLC, owned by InnoHold and other parties, as a noncontrolling interest at their aggregate ownership percentage. At June 30, 2020, this ownership percentage was approximately 32%, a decrease from approximately 82% at June 30, 2019. This decrease was the result of the exchange of 26.6 million Paired Securities for Class A, mostly attributed to InnoHold’s two secondary public offerings concluded in November 2019 and May 2020.

Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, other (income) expense, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA excluding certain non-cash and non-recurring costs incurred, as identified in the reconciliation table below.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this prospectus are supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, operating income, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. In addition, in evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are (i) they may not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments, (ii) they may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, (iii) they may not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt, (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements, (v) they may not adjust for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows, (vi) they may not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our on-going operations, and (vii) other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by providing specific information regarding the GAAP amounts excluded from such non-GAAP financial measures. We further compensate for the limitations in our use of non-GAAP financial measures by presenting comparable GAAP measures more prominently.

We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies. These potential differences may be caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses) and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense). We also present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because (i) certain of our loan covenants have EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA thresholds, (ii) certain of our compensation plans have EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA targets, (iii) we believe that these measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry, (iv) we believe that investors will find these measures useful in assessing our ability to service or incur indebtedness, and (v) we use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA internally as benchmarks to compare our performance to that of our competitors.

A reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to the non-GAAP measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is provided below (in thousands).

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2020  2019  2020  2019 

GAAP net income (loss)

  $(5,822 $(7,341 $14,179  $(8,061

Interest expense

   1,424   1,301   2,813   2,445 

Income tax benefit

   (35,428     (35,712   

Other income, net

   (16  (6  (106  (235

Depreciation and amortization

   2,038   852   3,816   1,574 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA

   (37,804  (5,194  (15,010  (4,277

Adjustments:

     

Debt extinguishment and warrant liability

   38,970   3,685   25,337   8,287 

Stock-based compensation expense

   962   6,733   1,212   6,806 

Product reserve

   (308     500    

Tax Receivable Agreement expense

   32,823      32,945    

Legal fees

   377   262   608   403 

Interim CFO and consulting

      307      494 

Severance and executive search costs

   62   389   105   411 

COVID-19 related expenses

   117      117    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $35,199  $6,182  $45,814  $12,124 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2019  2018 
(in thousands)  Amount  % of
Net Sales
  Amount  % of
Net Sales
 

Revenues, net

  $428,358   100.0 $285,791   100.0

Cost of revenues

   239,387   55.9   173,189   60.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Gross profit

   188,971   44.1   112,602   39.4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Operating expenses:

     

Marketing and sales

   141,975   33.1   103,820   36.3 

General and administrative

   26,918   6.3   23,581   8.3 

Research and development

   3,864   0.9   2,095   0.7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

   172,757   40.3   129,496   45.3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Operating income (loss)

   16,214   3.8   (16,894  (5.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Other income (expense):

     

Interest expense

   (5,180  (1.2  (3,733  (1.3

Other income, net

   44   0.0   1,013   0.3 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   (6,299  (1.5      

Change in fair value—warrant liabilities

   (16,758  (3.9      
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total other expense, net

   (28,193  (6.6  (2,720  (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net loss before income taxes

   (11,979  (2.8  (19,614  (6.9

Income tax expense

   (400  (0.1      
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net loss

  $(12,379  (2.9 $(19,614  (6.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Revenues, Net

Total net revenue increased $142.6 million, or 49.9%, to $428.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $285.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due mainly to a $124.9 million increase in mattress sales, a $15.5 million increase in top of mattress sales and a $4.3 million increase in sales of bed frames partially offset by a $2.1 million net decrease in all other products. The increase in bedding revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in wholesale revenues driven by an increase of over 800 third-party stores that sold our products as compared to the same period last year.

Cost of Revenues

The cost of revenues increased $66.2 million, or 38.2%, to $239.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $173.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $48.2 million increase in direct material costs, a $11.4 million increase in labor and overhead and a $6.6 million increase in other costs, all associated with increased mattress sales. The gross profit percentage increased to 44.1% of net revenues in 2019 from 39.4% in 2018. The increase was primarily driven by efficiencies in operations and logistics and higher margins due to product mix, partially offset by the margin mix effect of increased sales through our wholesale channel.

Marketing and Sales

Marketing and sales expenses increased $38.2 million, or 36.8%, to $142.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $103.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $20.3 million increase in advertising costs, a $12.2 million increase in other marketing and sales expenses, and a $5.7 million increase in marketing salaries related to an increase in personnel. The marketing and sales expense as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 33.1% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 36.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the higher marketing leverage derived from wholesale revenue and the improved efficiency of marketing spend for the revenue generated in the DTC channel.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $3.3 million, or 13.8%, to $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to non-cash stock compensation expense of $4.4 million partially offset by lower costs in 2019 as compared to 2018 which included costs related to the Business Combination in February 2018.

Research and Development

Research and development costs increased $1.8 million, or 84.4%, to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in salaries and wages as we added resources for new product innovation and $0.8 million in non-cash stock compensation.

Operating Income (loss)

Operating income was $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a change of $33.1 million from operating loss of $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The change was primarily due to increased sales and improved operational efficiencies.

Interest Expense

We incurred interest expense in 2019 primarily due to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that has an outstanding principal balance of $39.2 million at December 31, 2019. Interest accrues at a fixed rate of 12% with a portion being paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount. Interest expense related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, of which $2.6 million was paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount and $1.8 million was paid in cash. In addition, we incurred discounts and debt issuance costs related to the debt in the amount of $0.8 million which was amortized to interest expense as non-cash interest.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2019, consisted of interest income in the amount of $0.4 million and other miscellaneous income of $0.2 million, partially offset by the Tax Receivable Agreement Liability expense of $0.5 million. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted of $0.8 million in credit card rebates and $0.2 million of interest income.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In conjunction with the Incremental Loan under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we determined that the amended debt terms resulted in substantially different terms for a portion of the existing debt and therefore was required to be accounted for as an extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt. Accordingly, we recognized a non-cash loss on the extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt of approximately $6.3 million. This was a non-cash expense primarily associated with the recognition of related unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs and the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants issued.

Change in Fair Value—Warrant Liabilities

The Incremental Loan Warrants issued in conjunction with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value on the date of the transaction and subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value included in earnings. The change in fair value from the date of the transaction through December 31, 2019 resulted in a non-cash loss in the amount of $16.8 million recorded in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants as of December 31, 2019 was due primarily to the increase in our stock price and the added probability of a warrant re-price.

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income tax expense of $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our tax expense of $0.4 million for 2019 is primarily a result of current state income tax expense.

Noncontrolling Interest

As a result of the Business Combination in 2018, we attribute net income or loss to the Class B units in Purple LLC, owned by InnoHold and other parties, as a noncontrolling interest at their aggregate ownership percentage. At December 31, 2019, this ownership percentage was approximately 58%, a decrease from 82% at December 31, 2018. This decrease was the result of the exchange of 12.7 million Paired Securities for Class A Common Stock during the year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary cash needs have historically consisted of working capital, capital expenditures and debt service. Our working capital needs depend upon the timing of cash receipts from sales, payments to vendors and others, changes in inventories, and capital and operating lease payment obligations. Our cash and working capital position are strong. We had cash in the amount of $95.4 million as of June 30, 2020 and $33.5 million as of December 31, 2019. We had working capital of $50.4 million as of June 30, 2020, and we had working capital of $27.3 million as of December 31, 2019. During the six months ended June 30, 2020, our accounts receivable decreased by $9.7 million mainly due to a decrease in our wholesale revenue. Our capital expenditures primarily relate to acquiring and maintaining manufacturing equipment and expanding capacity. Our cash used for capital expenditures was $8.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. We financed these capital expenditures through cash provided by operating activities.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we took a number of precautionary measures to manage our resources and mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic. Given the initial difficulty in predicting how long this pandemic would persist and its full impact, we managed our business and opportunities to preserve liquidity. We temporarily reduced our capital spend by delaying all non-maintenance related projects and investments in non-essential initiatives and headcount additions. Other proactive steps were taken to carefully manage cash and quickly and prudently respond to the rapidly changing circumstances including temporarily furloughing a portion of our permanent workforce, temporarily deferring a portion of the cash compensation of Senior Executives and all the cash compensation of members of our Board of Directors, and limiting other discretionary expenses. We also entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to allow the Company to defer 5% of the interest for quarterly payments due during the first two quarters of 2020. In addition, our receivables from our wholesale partners remain healthy. Most of our wholesale partners continue to make payments in accordance with their original contract terms and remain current on their outstanding balances.

As a result of our precautionary measures, continued payments from wholesale customers, and our strong DTC sales, our cash balance increased by $61.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. We have now ended many of the cash preservation programs and have returned to near full production to meet increased demand. Subject to certain assumptions regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, and our responses thereto, based on our current projections we believe our cash on hand, along with ongoing cash generated from our DTC business, strong demand of our product in the Wholesale channel and eventual resumption and ramp up of store operations, will be sufficient to cover our working capital requirements and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months.

On January 28, 2019, Purple LLC entered into the First Amendment, which amended the Credit Agreement. In the First Amendment, Purple LLC agreed to enter into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement under which the Lenders agreed to provide an incremental loan of $10.0 million such that the total amount of principal indebtedness provided to Purple LLC was increased to $35.0 million. A stockholder meeting was held on February 25, 2019 at which time a majority of non-interested stockholders voted in favor of this transaction. Accordingly, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and each related document, was closed and an incremental loan of $10.0 million was funded. In addition, we issued to the Lenders warrants to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to certain adjustments. On February 26, 2019, we received approximately $9.2 million in proceeds after debt issuance costs and fees. For additional information regarding our credit agreement with Coliseum, refer to Note 8—Long-Term Debt, Related Party of our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Debt service for the six months ended June 30, 2020 totaled $2.5 million and consisted of interest paid in-kind on the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as well as principal and interest payments on certain capital leases.

In the event our cash flow from operations or other sources of financing are less than anticipated, we believe we will be able to fund operating expenses based on our ability to scale back operations, reduce marketing spend and postpone or discontinue our growth strategies. In such event, this could result in slower growth or no growth, and we may run the risk of losing key suppliers, we may not be able to timely satisfy customer orders, and we may not be able to retain all of our employees. In addition, we may be forced to restructure our obligations to current creditors or pursue work-out options.

If cash flow from operations or available financing under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are not sufficient to fund our operating expenses or our growth strategies, we may need to raise additional capital. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms or at all is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including instability in the credit and financial markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and approval from the Lenders. Adequate financing may not be available or, if available, may only be available on unfavorable terms. The U.S. government has recently announced that it is establishing a Main Street Lending Program to support lending to small and medium-sized businesses. However, there is no guarantee that we will be eligible to participate in such program or that, if we are eligible to participate, that we will receive any benefits under this program. Further, the Main Street Lending Program imposes restrictions on how funds received are used that would limit our ability to operate our business. The restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may make it difficult to obtain additional capital on terms that are favorable to us, and the Lenders may not agree to lend us additional funds. There is no assurance we will obtain the capital we require. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fund our future operations or growth strategies. In addition, future equity or debt financings, including under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, may require us to also issue warrants or other equity securities that are likely to be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Newly issued securities may include preferences or superior voting rights or, as described above, may be combined with the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which each may have additional dilutive effects. Furthermore, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital and financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition. If we cannot raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all, we may not be able to carry out all or parts of our long-term growth strategy, maintain our growth and competitiveness or continue in business.

We are required to make certain payments to InnoHold under the TRA, which payments may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and capital resources. The estimated future payments under the TRA for exchanges that have occurred as of June 30, 2020 are $78.7 million with approximately $0.6 million due to be paid by June 30, 2021. We are currently unable to determine the total future amount of these payments due to the unpredictable nature of several factors, including the timing of future exchanges, the market price of shares of Class A Common Stock at the time of the exchanges, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of future taxable income sufficient to utilize tax attributes that give rise to the payments under TRA.

Line of Credit with Wells Fargo

On October 9, 2017, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which we refer to as the WF Credit Agreement, for a $10.0 million secured revolving loan facility. On February 2, 2018, in connection with the Business Combination, we paid off and closed the debt facility by paying $8.1 million in cash including accrued interest and fees. There were no events of default identified at that time.

Credit Agreement with Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), Blackwell Partners LLC-Series A (“Blackwell”), Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and, together with CCP and Blackwell, the “Lenders”)

On February 2, 2018, Purple LLC entered into the Credit Agreement with the Lenders pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to make a loan to Purple LLC in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million (the “Original Loan”). The Original Loan was closed and funded in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination on February 2, 2018. As part of the Credit Agreement, the Sponsor agreed to assign to the Lenders an aggregate of 2,500,000 Sponsor Warrants to purchase 1,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.

On January 28, 2019, Purple LLC entered into the First Amendment, which amends the Credit Agreement. In the First Amendment, Purple LLC agreed to enter into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, under which the Lenders agreed to provide an incremental loan (the “Incremental Loan” and, together, with the Original Loan, the “Loan”) of $10.0 million such that the total amount of indebtedness provided to Purple LLC is increased to a principal amount of $35.0 million. Among other things, the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement extends the maturity date for all loans under the initial Credit Agreement to five years from closing of the Incremental Loan, revises certain restrictive covenants to make them more applicable to the Company’s current business, provides the ability for the Company to request additional loans not to exceed $10 million and other closing conditions, representations, warranties and covenants customary for a transaction of this type. The Loan bears interest at 12.0% per annum, provided that Purple LLC will be required to pay up to an additional 4.0% of interest per annum if it fails to meet certain EBITDA thresholds and an additional 2.0% of interest per annum if the Company is not in material compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, Purple LLC may elect for interest in excess of 5.0% per annum to be capitalized and added to the principal amount. A stockholder meeting was held on February 25, 2019 at which time a majority of non-interested stockholders voted in favor of this transaction. Accordingly, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and each related document, was closed and funded on February 26, 2019 and the Company issued to the Lenders warrants to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Among other adjustments, in the event that Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, individually or together, no longer own at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, the exercise price will be reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants. In May 2020 Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce ceased to own, individually or together, including through InnoHold, at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, and pursuant to the terms of the warrant agreement, the exercise price was reduced to $0. As a result, the Incremental Loan Warrants may be exercised without any further consideration paid to us. If we choose to request and the Lenders agree to provide additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue to the Lenders additional warrants on the same terms as the Incremental Loan Warrants. As of June 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

On March 27, 2020 the Company entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with the Lenders. The purpose of this Amendment is to allow the Company to defer the remaining 5% of interest for the quarterly payments due March 31 and June 30, 2020 in an effort to reduce its cash disbursements during the COVID-19 impact. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Company is allowed to defer and capitalize the full amount of the interest payments due on March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020.

On August 20, 2020, we, Purple LLC, and the Lenders entered into a Wavier and Consent to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Waiver”), which provides that should there be a Change of Control Transaction (as that term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) prior to September 30, 2020, in which InnoHold ceases to retain an ownership interest in the Company of 25% or more of the aggregate equity interests in the Company, the Event of Default (as that term is defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) from any such future Change of Control Transaction is prospectively waived upon the following conditions: (a) the execution and delivery of this Waiver; (b) an increase to the principal amount of the loan owing to Lenders in the amount of the current prepayment premium which is 6% of the then outstanding

principal amount of the loan; (c) an increase in the interest on the loan to the Default Rate until all obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement have been paid in full; and (d) no other Event of Default occurred and is continuing or caused as a result of giving effect to this Waiver. The increase in the principal amount of the loan and the Default Rate will not occur as a condition of this Waiver until, if ever, a Change of Control Transaction occurs before September 30, 2020. If there is a Change of Control Transaction during this period, the Company will have the right to pay off the loan and no additional prepayment premium will be owed. The Waiver also provides that there will be no Change of Control Transaction and no Default or Event of Default as a result of actions of third parties, such as the issuance of shares upon the exercise of options or warrants, that cause InnoHold’s ownership interest in the Company to drop below 25% but no lower than 24%. The sale by InnoHold of the shares of Class A Common Stock registered hereunder will result in a Change of Control Transaction under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for standard indemnification of the Lenders and contains representations, warranties and certain covenants of Purple LLC. While any amounts are outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, Purple LLC is subject to a number of affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants regarding dispositions of property, investments, business combinations or acquisitions, incurrence of additional indebtedness and transactions with affiliates, among other customary covenants. In particular, Purple LLC is restricted from (i) making capital expenditures in excess of $20 million in any fiscal year, (ii) incurring capital lease obligations in excess of $10 million and (iii) incurring asset-based loans in excess of $10 million, subject to limited exceptions. Purple LLC is also restricted from paying dividends or making other distributions or payments on its capital stock, subject to limited exceptions.

In connection with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company entered into a Parent Guaranty (the “Parent Guaranty”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to an unconditional guaranty of the payment of all obligations and liabilities of Purple LLC under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

The following summarizes our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2020   2019 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $72,352   $2,149 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (10,445   (3,257

Net cash provided by financing activities

   17    9,131 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

   61,924    8,023 

Cash, beginning of the period

   33,478    12,232 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of the period

  $95,402   $20,255 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2020 Compared to the Six months ended June 30, 2019

Cash provided by operating activities was $72.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $70.3 million from cash provided by operating activities of $2.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019. This increase in cash provided by operations was due mainly to increased operating income of $37.1 million, driven by an acceleration of DTC sales, $24.3 million from the year-over-year change in accounts receivables due to the shift to more DTC sales in 2020, $9.9 million from the year-over-year change in inventory partially offset by $3.1 million from all other changes in operating activities. For the three months ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $72.6 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $10.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $7.1 million from cash used in investing activities of $3.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019. This increase is due mainly to the increase in purchases of property and equipment and investment in intangible assets of $4.8 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Cash provided by financing activities was $0.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020, a decrease of $9.1 million from cash provided by financing of $9.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019. The cash provided in 2019 was due to the $10.0 million in funds received from the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, partially offset by $0.8 million in debt issuance cost and $0.1 million in other financing payments.

Critical Accounting Policies

For a description of our critical accounting policies, refer to Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our condensed consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2020 filed with the SEC on August 14, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Contractual Obligations

On July 21, 2020, the Company signed a Lease (the “Lease”) with PNK S2, LLC for approximately 520,000 square feet located at 1325 Hwy 42 S., Building B, McDonough, Georgia (the “Building”). The Company anticipates immediately preparing the Building for use as a manufacturing, distribution and office facility and expects it to be fully operational in 2021. This manufacturing plant can house six Mattress Max machines and three assembly lines. We expect this new facility will increase the Company’s current manufacturing capacity by approximately 85%.

The term of the Lease is 128 months including an eight-month free rent period, which will commence upon completion of the landlord’s work on the Company’s space in the Building. The Company anticipates the landlord’s work to be completed in November, 2020. Prior to the commencement of the term, the Company has an immediate right to make use of the Building. Under the Lease, the Company will pay $3.41 per square foot annually or $147,675 per month for the initial lease year. Thereafter the basic monthly rent increases 2% per year. The Lease also provides the Company with an option to extend the Lease term for two additional five-year periods at rates for the first renewal term of $4.24 per square foot with 2% annual increases and for the second renewal term of $4.75 per square foot with annual increases of 3.5%. The Company is also responsible for its proportionate share of the operating expenses incurred by the landlord for the Building. The Lease provides for a tenant improvement allowance of $12.50 per usable square foot. The Lease also provides the Company with signage rights and a right of first refusal on other contiguous space.

Seasonality and Cyclicality

We believe that sales of our products are typically subject to seasonality corresponding to different periods of the consumer spending cycle, holidays and other seasonal factors. Our sales may also vary with the performance of the broader economy consistent with the market.

BUSINESS

Introduction

Our mission is to help people feel and live better through innovative comfort solutions.

We are a digitally-native vertical brand founded on comfort product innovation with premium offerings. We design and manufacture a variety of innovative, branded and premium comfort products, including mattresses, pillows, cushions, frames, sheets and other products. Our products are the result of over 30 years of innovation and investment in proprietary and patented comfort technologies and the development of our own manufacturing processes. Our proprietary gel technology, Hyper-Elastic Polymer, underpins many of our comfort products and provides a range of benefits that differentiate our offerings from other competitors’ products. In J.D. Power’s 2019 Mattress Satisfaction Report, we ranked highest in customer satisfaction among bed-in-a-box mattresses. We market and sell our products through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) online channels, retail brick-and-mortar wholesale partners, third-party online retailers and our owned retail showrooms.

The foundation of our business is core competencies in design, development and manufacturing. Decades of accumulated knowledge enable us to create all aspects of our innovative products, including the fundamental comfort technologies and the machines and processes necessary to bring them to market. We have vertically integrated our operations to include research and development, marketing and manufacturing, resulting in an ability to rapidly test, learn, adapt and scale our product offerings. In order to solve complex manufacturing challenges such as large-format injection molding of our Purple Grid (the primary component in our mattresses made with our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology), we designed and produced our own manufacturing equipment including our proprietary and patented Mattress Max machinery. There were and still are no off-the-shelf solutions that can handle both our size and scale requirements. We believe our combination of patents and intellectual property, proprietary and patented manufacturing equipment, production processes and decades of acquired knowledge create an advantage over our competitors who rely on commoditized materials, such as foam and outsourced manufacturing.

In addition to developing transformative, differentiated products and technologies, we have built a brand that has high customer engagement and avid online advocates. We have an experienced digital marketing team that generates digital marketing content which enables efficient customer acquisition and builds brand affinity. We believe that our digital marketing strategy enables us to market our full product suite to customers, generate frequent interactions online and drive traffic to all channels online and offline that offer our products.

While the COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and led to declines in our wholesale business, we have been able to capitalize on the DTC macro trend that is transforming the bedding industry. To complement our DTC channel, we have developed multiple wholesale relationships with established vendors such as Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan, Rooms to Go, and Bed Bath & Beyond. We believe that our distinctly differentiated products, marketing strategies, manufacturing capabilities, unique branding and proprietary technologies position us to continue to drive our growth in comfort products. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our DTC sales channel accounted for 62% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 38% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 94% of our revenue and other products accounted for 6%. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our DTC sales channel accounted for 79% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 21% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 92% of our revenue and other products accounted for 8%. For the three months ended June 30, 2020, our DTC sales channel accounted for 88% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 12% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 91% of our revenue and other products accounted for 9%.

We have recently experienced significant growth, as evidenced by the following achievements. Net revenue increased 60.3% to $165.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020, compared to $103.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2019. Net loss was ($5.8) million in the three months ended June 30, 2020, compared to a net loss of ($7.3) million in the three months ended June 30, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA was $35.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2020, compared to $6.2 million in the three

months ended June 30, 2019. Total doors increased 73% to 1,849 as of June 30, 2020, compared to 1,064 as of June 30, 2019 from omni-channel initiatives and wholesale channel expansion. The Average Selling Price for mattresses increased 8%, or $135 per mattress, in the three months ended June 30, 2020, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2019 due to price increases implemented in the third quarter of 2019, the introduction of new premium products, and the shift in product mix toward more premium products in both the DTC and wholesale channels.

Reconciliations for Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the section entitled “Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 66 of this prospectus.

Industry and Competition

Our portfolio of products is driven by our commitment to innovating real comfort solutions that meaningfully help “every body” feel and live better.

Bedding

The bedding category encompasses a variety of products including mattresses, bases, foundations, sheets, mattress protectors, blankets, duvets and pillows. Meaningful innovation in sleep products has been infrequent and limited over the last 150 years. The first coil spring mattress was introduced in the 1860s and it continues to remain one of the most widely adopted technologies. Over 100 years after the creation of the coil spring mattress, the memory foam-based mattress was launched in 1992, with latex, water and air mattresses also emerging during the latter part of the 20th century. Our Purple Grid represents a meaningful innovation in the following key areas: pressure relief, temperature neutrality, responsiveness, durability and limited motion transfer.

The market for bedding products is large, growing and undergoing fundamental transformations on account of digital marketing and DTC distribution. The U.S. mattress industry is predominantly comprised of vendors that rely on retail distribution as well as a growing number of DTC retailers. The traditional market, led by Tempur-Sealy and Serta Simmons, comprises the vast majority of the bedding market. Mattresses from our competitors are typically manufactured using one or more layers of springs, standard polyurethane foam, memory foam, air bladders or latex foam.

Over the past several years, growth of the DTC market exceeded that of the broader industry. DTC retailers are typically characterized by e-commerce distribution channels, more affordable pricing, free shipping and returns and limited product offerings. DTC retailers typically use layers of foam cushioning that are assembled into a mattress and compressed and rolled into a box for distribution. The DTC market is highly fragmented and highly competitive, based primarily on price, and is rapidly evolving. DTC competitors include, but are not limited to Casper, Leesa, Resident (Nectar), Saatva and Tuft & Needle. We believe their products are generally low-cost foam, often imported and undifferentiated in terms of sleep benefits.

Traditional brick-and-mortar retailers remain a significant part of the market for bedding products. This part of the retail market is also highly fragmented and competitive. The leading brick-and-mortar retailers in the United States and Canada are, respectively, Mattress Firm and Sleep Country Canada. These national retailers compete with regional and smaller retailers and retail channels such as furniture and department stores.

Across these channels, some key factors that impact competition in our industry include product features, reliable logistics, marketing efficiency, brand recognition and reputation, expertise of sales and after-market support, pace of innovation and product roadmap, price of products and services, and financial stability and ability to invest in innovation.

Seat Cushions and Other

Our seat cushions and other category consists of seating cushions and other products that can be purchased independent of furniture. To the best of our knowledge, there are no independent market analyses that define the size and growth of this category. It is important to note that there is a significantly larger market for cushioning technology embedded within furniture including chairs and sofas as well as seats found in transportation and other categories requiring seating solutions. We believe this is a substantial market opportunity that we could pursue with either branded product offerings or through branded OEM partnerships to embed our technology.

What Makes Purple Different?

We believe Purple has a particular set of competitive strengths that differentiate and position us for continued success:

History of innovation that produced new comfort technology—We are a company built on innovation and licensing founded over 30 years ago and decades of developing innovative comfort technology products, including the invention of our proprietary and patented Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology and the Purple Grid component. Our breakthrough mattress represents what we believe to be the first substantive innovation in the mattress industry since the introduction of memory foam in 1992. We believe that the unique properties of the Purple Grid cushion enable a number of improvements over existing bedding, compared to competing foam, spring and air mattresses.

Pressure Relief—The Purple Grid is designed around the science of column buckling which enables firm support across the larger surface areas of a body, while providing pressure relief at local areas or points of pressure or shape. We believe our founders were the first to leverage this science in mattresses. Some of their first mattresses in production were licensed decades ago to medical manufacturers for uses such as critical care beds and continue to this day to be used in hospital beds. The resulting feel is often described as buoyant, similar to floating on water.

Temperature Neutral—The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material itself is temperature neutral, and the nature of the Purple Grid is that the surface is mostly air (the channels within the grid), which allows for high air-flow and dissipation of heat and vapor. Foam beds absorb heat from the body and then radiate the heat back, constantly increasing the temperature. The Purple Grid allows for continual sleeping without waking up hot.

Responsive—Unlike memory foam, which compresses, gets hard and then takes time to recoil, the Purple Grid is instantly responsive to the body as it moves.

Durable— Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is a highly durable gel that we believe outlasts most foams by two to three times. The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology also has numerous applications beyond mattress products including current products such as seat cushions and pillows, as well as future product categories. The development of the Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology is only one of numerous innovations we have achieved to produce a range of unique and effective comfort products across the bedding and seat cushion and other categories.

Proprietary technologies and manufacturing expertise provide a significant competitive advantage—We believe that the combination of patent protection, proprietary manufacturing equipment and decades of accumulated knowledge creates a competitive advantage through barriers of imitation. We own or have the exclusive right to use over 100 granted or pending patents that cover current and future products as well as proprietary manufacturing equipment we have designed

and fabricated. Our Mattress Max machine, designed and built by Purple, allows for large-format injection molding of gels at scale, which we believe is not a commercially available capability outside of Purple. Capabilities such as these are essential to produce our products efficiently and at scale. Our seventh Mattress Max machine came online in the second quarter of 2020.

Growing brand with passionate following—Our brand mirrors our passion for uncompromising performance, quality and durability, and with effective use of humor and viral marketing, has been able to cut-through the competitive noise. We believe that our digital marketing strategy has achieved a level of social media engagement that few competitors can match, including a series of videos that have been seen more than 2.5 billion times across Facebook and YouTube. Our brand has been able to extend beyond awareness of individual products and we have successfully marketed our full suite of products to customers using a DTC strategy. We believe customer satisfaction of our product has continued to drive “word of mouth” as the most common reason cited as to how a customer has heard of Purple.

Balanced, omni-channel distribution strategy—We have sought opportunities to obtain wide reach in brick-and-mortar retailers where our beds could be on display. This is a very different approach versus the majority of bed-in-a-box players who sought traditional Consumer Packaged Goods (“CPG”) distribution, e.g. boxes on shelves. Our goal is to support the customer wherever and however they want to learn, try, and buy through wholesale, owned showrooms, and DTC channels. We are a leader in the DTC category of the bedding market. Our flexible return policies and aggressive expansion of wholesale doors and showrooms allow for more of our targeted customers to feel and experience our products throughout the purchase process. In our wholesale channel, we sell most of our products through select national and regional accounts as well as a variety of independent retail partners throughout the United States. As a result, we believe we are driving accelerated growth in the bedding market compared to the traditional retail bedding industry.

Premium product offerings—The rise of DTC and discounting in retail has oversaturated the market in value mattresses priced below $1,000 for a queen, with continual downward price pressure driven by Amazon and other large discount channels. According to the International Sleep Products Association 2Q19 Bedding Market Quarterly Report (“ISPA Quarterly Report”), in the quarter ended June 30, 2019, 70% of mattresses sold were priced below $1,000 for a queen and yet made up only 43% of the revenue. Our premium queen mattresses start at the $1,100 price point and range up to $3,000. The ISPA Quarterly Report also indicates that 30% of units sold are above $1,000 for a queen, but earn 57% of industry revenue. We believe there is opportunity to take share on the premium side of the market.

Vertical integration enables nimble design, development and execution—We design and develop our cushioning products in-house and we have extensive research and development capabilities led by a team of engineers, industrial designers and marketing specialists. The ability to develop and test products in this manner enables us not only to prototype and deploy new ideas, but also to design and develop corresponding manufacturing equipment and processes. In addition, we continuously refine our production methods to improve product quality and enhance efficiency. The resulting real-time feedback cycle is a key differentiator compared to other competitors that outsource many of these functions and lack an integrated approach.

Growth Strategies

Further direct-to-consumer growth and penetration—We believe that we are well positioned to leverage our brand, leading product portfolio, vertical integration and strong marketing capabilities to continue to attract new customers via our DTC channel. Our site was originally built for only a few SKUs and we are investing in redesign and re-platforming as our assortment has grown.

Continued successful execution within the DTC channel represents a significant growth opportunity.

Expanded omni-channel distribution and retail relationships—Expanding retail distribution of our products via new and existing arrangements represents an opportunity to tap into the large brick-and-mortar category of the cushioning market. We currently sell our products through numerous wholesale partners including Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan, Rooms to Go, and Bed Bath & Beyond. We are also in discussions with multiple new potential partners to expand our wholesale distribution capabilities.

Existing product innovation—We have a rich history of product innovation and have developed core competencies in design, prototyping and manufacturing. This vertical integration enables us to continuously refine our existing products and manufacturing processes, as well as to introduce new offerings, with the potential to attract new customers and drive repeat sales.

New product launches—We have a pipeline of future products we are developing. We are constantly exploring new technologies and ways to expand the benefits of our technologies through new product offerings. This includes innovations in mattresses beyond the Purple Grid, an expanded assortment based on the Harmony Pillow that includes new patent-pending technology, other assortment expansion and new products in cushioning and additional categories.

International expansion—We believe there is a substantial opportunity for international expansion, and we expect to find new opportunities as we expand into various foreign markets. We anticipate entering Canada during 2020 via wholesale channels and we plan to expand in other foreign markets in the future as well. More than half of the global mattress market is outside of the United States, and we believe that our differentiated products, multi-channel distribution strategy, manufacturing capabilities, vertical integration and marketing expertise will enable us to enter new markets. We are exploring opportunities for international marketing, manufacturing and warehousing, as well as franchise and wholesale partners.

Our Products

Our current product portfolio is as follows:

Mattresses—Our mattresses utilize the unique benefits of the Purple Grid creating a one-of-a-kind sleep solution that is breathable to help regulate body temperature and soft enough to cradle pressure points while also providing support through the buckling columns. Our Purple Grid is manufactured with non-toxic, food-contact-grade ingredients that third-party testing has shown are free from carcinogenic chemicals. We back up the quality and durability of our mattress with a 100-night comfort guarantee and a ten-year warranty. We currently sell four distinct models of mattresses, ranging from our entry level foam-core, to our hybrid with premium pocket coil cores, to our premier mattresses which add an additional 1 or 2 inches of Purple Grid. All four mattresses simultaneously provide support and cushioning, leveraging our unique Purple Grid with column buckling. The result is a bed that relaxes under pressure while providing firm support. Competing mattresses are typically uniform in the level of firmness throughout the mattress and are varying degrees of soft or firm. This tradeoff is problematic as regions of the body such as the head, feet, hips and shoulders require different levels of support. Our mattresses are also temperature neutral, which is an advantage as temperature regulation is a key component of achieving optimal sleeping conditions.

Pillows— We currently sell three different pillows. The Purple Harmony Pillow is a hybrid, hypoallergenic pillow featuring the world’s first and only tapered 360º Purple Grid Hex

surrounding a soft, responsive Talalay latex core for optimal head and neck support. It has a cool-to-the-touch, moisture-wicking Breeze Mesh cover to enhance the benefits of the Purple Grid Hex. It’s the ultimate balance of soft, cool, and responsive No Pressure Support. The Purple Pillow utilizes the Purple Grid in a head-specific triangular grid-shape to protect against breaking down or losing shape. We believe our pillow is unique, with no other product in the market like it in appearance, design or comfort. The pillow is designed to relax under pressure without losing support. We also sell a more traditional pillow, the Purple Plush Pillow, with other unique, patented features that enable adjustment of the pillow for customized comfort. We back up the quality and durability of our pillows with a 100-night comfort guarantee and a one year warranty.

Sheets— Our sheets and pillow cases are made of a stretchy and breathable bamboo-based Viscose and are designed to maximize the functionality of the Purple Grid in our mattresses and pillows. Recognizing that conventional sheets are often too taut to allow a mattress to correctly conform and adapt, we developed our own technology to enable customers to experience the full performance potential of our mattress (or any other mattress).

Mattress Protector—Like our sheets, our mattress protector is designed to optimize the functionality of the Purple Grid in our mattress. Our mattress protector is stretchy, breathable, protective against liquids and stain resistant.

Bed Frames— Our platform base is designed for standard beds without box springs and fits all current Purple® bed sizes. Constructed from lightweight steel, our Purple platform is more hygienic compared to box-spring foundations. The platform also provides optimal support and prevents the mattress from sagging. The new Purple Foundation is a metal frame that is upholstered. The frame’s supports are made of high-density polyethylene, so they don’t creak or make noise like wood supports. Plus, the joints of the Purple Foundation are reinforced with nylon buffers to help prevent squeaking. Finally, the accompanying slipcover gives a beautiful, polished, upholstered look. Our Purple PowerBase complements our mattresses by adding electrically powered functions, such as adjustable head and foot positions, dual massagers with multiple wave patterns, under bed lighting and a remote with cradle that provides additional USB ports and outlets for charging.

Seat Cushions— Our founders invented their first version of a seat cushion nearly two decades ago to solve the extreme use case of people in wheelchairs suffering from compression sores (decubitus ulcers). These exacting requirements, coupled with the unique demands of the medical equipment marketplace, such as lighter weight, safety, incontinence protection, sterility, non-toxicity and durability became foundational to our unique product differentiation. The evolution of our portfolio of seat cushions has resulted from decades of in-house manufacturing experience including development of proprietary machines and trade secrets. The cushions utilize Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material in our Purple Grid design to provide a comfortable seating experience and are designed to maximize airflow and maintain the neutral temperature of the seat. The Purple Grid allows our seat cushions to relax under pressure, providing pressure-releasing comfort. Our seat cushions include seven consumer models plus variants for the medical industry.

Weighted Blanket and Duvets—Our Purple + Gravity weighted blanket is the world’s first weighted blanket with Purple’s dual-sided technology that allows people to snuggle up however they want when they choose the cool or warm side. The weighted blanket fits a queen or king bed and evenly distributes 35 pounds of weight across the whole bed. The Purple Duvet is a soft comforter filled with 100% polyester down alternative with a 100% cotton cover for soft, breathable comfort.

LOGO

As of August 26, 2020, prices subject to change.

Technology

Technology is key to our unique position within the Comfort Industry. With our proprietary Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material used in the Purple Grid, we have introduced the first major innovation to the mattress category in decades. Mattresses from our competitors are typically manufactured using one or more layers of springs, standard polyurethane foam, memory foam, air chambers or latex foam. These technologies have existed for decades and are undifferentiated from competitors within their product type.

Proprietary Technologies

The Purple team, through their scientific journey to get to the root causes of pressure sores, designed the Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material and other proprietary comfort technologies in order to improve the lives of “every body.” Each different cushioning product line requires unique molding techniques.

Our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is non-toxic and hypoallergenic, making it safe to use. Our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is durable and does not develop body impressions (compression set) from use over time. It is elastic and can stretch up to 15 times its original size and return without losing its shape. It sleeps and sits temperature neutral and has good ventilation to inhibit moisture build-up.

Proprietary Machinery

Internally designed, developed and built, our Mattress Max machines are the only machines able to mold our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material into large-format king-sized mattresses at scale. We have modified other molding machines to manufacture other products containing Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material such as pillows and seat cushions. The process of molding our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material using our Mattress Max machinery is proprietary, patent-protected and complex, requiring specific knowledge and expertise to successfully execute manufacturing. We have vertically integrated with our own machine shop with mechanics and engineers at each of our factories to maintain these machines and our other equipment. Furthermore, we have extensive in-house fabrication capabilities, which enable us to design, manufacture, install and maintain new equipment as well as optimize the performance and efficiency of our existing machinery based on real-time insights gained from our vertically integrated operations.

Marketing

We have developed a brand that resonates with consumers. Our marketing efforts are focused on attracting, acquiring and retaining customers, primarily through digital campaigns and online advertising. Our campaigns are unique and memorable featuring product demonstrations that have been able to harness viral efficiencies associated with social media. As a result, we have created a brand with a loyal audience that frequently interacts with our content. This enables us to increase interaction with customers to drive additional product sales across our portfolio of offerings. The success we have achieved through these social marketing campaigns has been key in our branding and awareness. Our digital marketing team has expertise across a broad range of marketing capabilities including audience segmentation, video production, communication and targeting. We also utilize television, radio and print mediums to create brand and product awareness.

We actively pursue business relationships that extend our brand reach. For example, Purple has leveraged co-branding opportunities with Disney-Pixar on multiple occasions and with well-known internet personalities. We believe these types of brand associations will further extend our brand reach. We continue to explore co-brand opportunities with celebrities, teams and athletes.

Our Sales Channels

Historically, the majority of our sales have been through our DTC e-commerce platform; however, our wholesale channel has been growing rapidly. We have relationships with a growing number of brick-and-mortar retailers and are expanding our national footprint of retail partners that sell our products.

Direct-to-Consumer Channel

E-commerce is our primary distribution channel. We have benefitted from the rapid growth of the DTC mattress industry in addition to our differentiated product offering and unique marketing campaigns. We expect the DTC mattress industry to continue to grow as consumer confidence in online shopping increases. We sell directly to consumers through our website, www.purple.com and through our growing customer operations center. We help customers easily engage in relevant content, research our solutions, transact online and find support. We believe our online experience expands our brand and connections with consumers, enabling deeper awareness, engagement and brand loyalty. We believe that our 100-night trial along with free shipping and free returns provides confidence to consumers to buy a mattress.

We operate Company showrooms at our Lehi, Utah headquarters and three other showrooms on the West Coast. In addition, we have a factory outlet in Salt Lake City, Utah where consumers can experience our brand, learn and engage with our technology, and purchase our products. On average, our stores currently generate revenues above industry store averages. We anticipate continual expansion of our showrooms as we optimize the format. Our showrooms on the West Coast temporarily closed due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives throughout the United States in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We were able to re-open our three Company showrooms in California in June 2020, one of which subsequently closed again in July 2020 in compliance with local orders.

Wholesale Channel

We sell our assortment of products through brick-and-mortar wholesale partners. We began selling mattresses and bedding products through our largest wholesale partner, Mattress Firm, in November 2017. We have expanded the number of retail doors to 1,844, where our mattresses and bedding products are sold, and now sell mattresses through Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanigan, Rooms to Go, and Bed Bath & Beyond. We typically have 3 to 4 beds on the floor with highly branded displays. Sales associates have been very effective at educating consumers regarding our unique benefits as well as shifting the mix upward to our more expensive and higher margin mattresses. We anticipate continuing to expand our national footprint of brick-and-mortar wholesale partners that sell our products so that most potential customers will be able to locally try our differentiated mattresses before they buy.

Customer Concentration

In general, our revenues to date have relied on many smaller customers. However, as we have expanded our wholesale sales channel, we have seen some customer concentration, resulting in one individual customer accounting for approximately 13% of revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and approximately 57.9% of accounts receivable at June 30, 2020. The loss of this customer could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows; however, we believe that, as we expand our wholesale channel by engaging with new wholesale partners, we will reduce the customer concentration risks associated with having a single customer account for a substantial portion of our revenues. No other customer exceeded 10 percent of revenues during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Operations

Factories, Supply Chain and Manufacturing

We operate factories in Alpine, Utah and Grantsville, Utah, which manufacture and distribute Purple® products. These two factories have a total of 667,000 square-feet (15 acres under roof), including approximately 574,000 square-feet at our Grantsville, Utah facility and approximately 93,000 square-feet at our Alpine, Utah facility. At these factories we manufacture our proprietary Hyper-Elastic Polymer® and Purple Grid

used in our mattress, pillow and seat cushion products. We assemble, package and ship our products from these facilities. We anticipate opening a new manufacturing and distribution facility on the east coast in 2020 to achieve additional manufacturing capacity and efficiencies in distribution. We have also signed a lease for a third manufacturing plant in McDonough, Georgia that is not yet manufacturing products. We believe that these facilities will provide ample room to accommodate our future growth and expansion plans for the near term.

We outsource and resell other products, including adjustable bases, platform bases, sheets, mattress protectors, blankets and duvets. These products are either designed in-house or in partnership and are unique to Purple.

We have relationships with, or have identified, multiple suppliers for our outsourced products and components. These suppliers may be interchanged in order to maintain quality, cost and delivery expectations.

Employees

Our most valuable asset is our people and their learned institutional knowledge. As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately 1,165 employees, of which 1,140 are full-time employees.

Our current employee population works primarily within our two operating factories and at our new headquarters in Lehi, Utah. We regularly engage labor contracting agencies and independent contractors to accelerate our progress and to provide support across various functions within our organization. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees.

Environmental and Governmental Regulation

We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign consumer protection and other laws regulating the bedding industry. These regulations vary among the states and countries in which we do and intend to do business. In the United States, we are subject to regulations promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and other federal agencies that have authority to regulate our operations. Included in these regulations are laws restricting the generation, emission, treatment, storage and disposal of materials, substances and waste. We are subject to the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act. Our mattress products are also subject to fire-retardant standards developed by the State of California, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission and other jurisdictions where we sell these products.

As a retailer of bedding and cushioning products, we are also subject to laws and regulations applicable to retailers generally, including those regulations governing the marketing and sale of our products and the operation of our e-commerce activities. We are also subject to import and export laws to the extent our products and their component parts cross international boundaries. Many of these regulations are consumer-focused and pertain to safety, truth-in-advertising, promotional offers, privacy, “do not call/mail” requirements, warranty disclosure, delivery timing requirements and similar requirements.

It is our policy and practice to comply with all applicable U.S. and foreign laws. We have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures necessary to comply with these laws. These expenditures have been immaterial to our financial results. We have not suffered a material adverse effect from non-compliance with federal, state, local or foreign legislation, but there can be no assurance that material costs or liabilities will not be incurred in connection with such legislation in the future.

Research and Development

Our research and development team is focused on developing new comfort technologies, manufacturing machines, and improving production processes, as well as developing products. We have an extensive history of

innovation that is core to our culture and key to our continued success. Our inventions have culminated over years of persistent research and development. We intend to continue to develop and introduce new comfort technologies and products to improve how people live. Our vertical integration is a key differentiator that enhances the effectiveness of our research and development capabilities. By gaining real-time feedback, we are able to integrate these insights into our manufacturing process, digital marketing, products and equipment.

Intellectual Property

We rely on patent and trademark protection laws to protect our intellectual property and maintain our competitive position in the marketplace. We hold various U.S. and foreign patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications regarding certain elements of the design, manufacturing and function of our products. We also maintain protections over proprietary trade secrets. Our intellectual property portfolio is integral to our continued success in this industry, in particular with respect to our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® and Purple Grid and our Mattress Max machine.

We own or have the exclusive right to use over 100 granted or pending U.S. and foreign patents on inventions and designs pertaining to our machines, processes, mattresses, pillows, seat cushions, packaging techniques and other related existing and future products. Our issued U.S. patents that are significant to our operations are expected to expire at various dates up to 2038.

We have a number of trademarks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including EquaPressure®, WonderGel® and EquaGel® (for cushions), and Purple®, No Pressure®, Hyper-Elastic Polymer®, Gel Matrix®, Intellipillow®, and Somnigel® (for plasticized elastomeric gel and certain types of products including mattresses, pillows, cushions and bed linens). Applications are pending for registration of some of the trademarks for additional classes of goods. Our Purple, No Pressure and Hyper-Elastic Polymer trademarks are also registered and have applications pending for various classes of goods in numerous foreign jurisdictions, some of which include Australia, Canada, China, Europe, United Kingdom, Japan and Korea. Certain international trademark applications previously resided with EdiZONE, LLC, which is an entity owned by our founders, and were licensed to Purple Innovation, LLC and we have taken the necessary steps to have those trademarks assigned to Purple Innovation, LLC upon registration.

We also have a number of common law trademarks, including Harmony, Purple Harmony Pillow, Harmony Pillow, Purple Powerbase, Purple Powerbase Premier, Purple Powerbase Plus, Purple Glove, Eidertech, Purple Grid, Mattress Max, WonderGel Original, WonderGel Extreme, DoubleGel, DoubleGel Plus, DoubleGel Ultra, Roll n’ Go, Fold N’ Go, Purple Bed, Purple Top, Purple Pillow, Portable Purple, Everywhere Purple, Simply Purple, Lite Purple, Royal Purple, Double Purple, Deep Purple, Ultimate Purple, Purple Back, EquaGel Straight Comfort, EquaGel General, EquaGel Protector, and EquaGel Adjustable.

In addition, we maintain copyrights to past and present versions of purple.com, onpurple.com, equapressure.com, wondergel.com, marketing content, blogs, logos, graphics, videos and other marketing and promotional materials promoting our products.

We protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including through litigation as necessary.

Our History

Tony and Terry Pearce have decades of history of developing innovative comfort technologies, machines and products. In 1989, the Pearce brothers created a partnership to develop high-tech carbon fiber sporting goods and wheelchairs. In the course of developing and testing wheelchair products, it was clear to the founding team that the core issue of wheelchair comfort could only be solved if the extreme case of compression sores was solved. This led them on a scientific journey to discover the root causes of pressure sores and how to mitigate this condition.

In 2010, Tony and Terry launched what has become our current vertically integrated company. The first products sold were seat cushions. In 2013 we attempted to develop a king-size mattress using our improved Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material. The principal setback in developing king-size mattresses was that the entire surface of the mattress could not be covered using a single piece of Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material. There were no injection molding machines on the market that worked at this size. Over the years and with substantial investment the team overcame this obstacle by creating the proprietary Mattress Max machine. We began selling our Purple brand of mattresses with a small test in late 2015 and at scale beginning in January 2016. Purple, LLC, was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on May 26, 2010 under the name WonderGel, LLC. We changed our name to Purple Innovation, LLC on January 27, 2017.

On February 2, 2018, we consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to which we acquired a portion of the equity of Purple LLC. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization because the former owners of Purple LLC held control over the combined company through their 82% ownership of the common stock of the Company at the time of the Business Combination. Although the Company was the legal acquirer, the historical operations of Purple LLC are deemed to be those of the Company.

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

The following table sets forth, as of August 28, 2020, the name of the Selling Stockholder for which we are registering Class A Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock that the Selling Stockholder may offer pursuant to this prospectus.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares.

For purposes of the tables below we have assumed that after termination of this offering none of the securities offered by this prospectus will be beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholder,for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital, capital expenditures, other corporate expenses and we have further assumed that the Selling Stockholder will not acquire beneficial ownershipacquisitions of any additional securities during the offering.

     Without Exercise of the Underwriter’s
Option
  With Full Exercise of the Underwriter’s
Option
 

Name of Selling Stockholder

 Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Before the
Offering
  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock to
be Sold
in the
Offering
  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
After the
Offering
  Percentage
of Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
After the
Offering 
  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock to
be Sold
in the
Offering
  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
After the
Offering
  Percentage
of Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
After the
Offering 
 

InnoHold, LLC (1)

  13,600,000   11,826,087   1,773,913   3.3%  13,600,000   0   0

(1)

Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce are the managers of InnoHold. Each of Terry and Tony Pearce may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class A Common Stock held by InnoHold. Voting and disposition decisions with respect to such securities are made jointly by Terry and Tony Pearce. Each of Terry and Tony Pearce disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address of each of InnoHold, Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce is 801 S. 1230 E., Alpine, Utah 84004.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. For purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A Common Stock that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an individual, corporation, estatecomplementary products, technologies or trust, other than:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

a trust if: (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust.

If a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our Class A Common Stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner of such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding shares of our Class A Common Stock and persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

This discussion only addresses beneficial owners that are Non-U.S. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock that hold such shares of Class A Common Stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services, Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to shares of our Class A Common Stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement, partnership or other pass-through entity (and investors therein), persons deemed to sell our Class A Common Stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and Non-U.S. Holders that hold our Class A Common Stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, conversion, or other integrated transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax or the federal net investment income tax), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes. Except as discussed below, this summary does not address tax reporting requirements.

The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and Treasury regulations, all as in effect and applicable as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in

U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.businesses. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state and local, and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock.

Distributions

Although we do not anticipate that any cash dividends with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be paid in the foreseeable future, distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A Common Stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Subject to the discussions below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A Common Stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such holder’s tax basis in our Class A Common Stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, we (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds its Class A Common Stock elects) may be required to withhold on the entire distribution, in which case a Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or, in each case, a successor form) certifying such holder’s entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, such holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor regarding possible entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock unless:

the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in “—U.S. Trade or Business Income” below;

the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) under Section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Common Stock, in

which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income discussed below.

In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. In the event that we are determined to be a USRPHC, gain will not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income if such Non-U.S. Holder’s holdings (actually and constructively) at all times during the applicable period described in the third bullet point above constituted 5% or less of our Class A Common Stock, provided that our Class A Common Stock was regularly traded on an established securities market during such period as determined under the rules set forth in the Treasury regulations. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Trade or Business Income

For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if (i) such income or gain is effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) a Non-U.S. Holder is are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States and, if such treaty requires, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if a Non-U.S. Holder is an individual, a fixed base) that Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that a Non-U.S. Holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, a Non-U.S. Holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (generally in the same manner as a U.S. person) on such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business income. If a Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, any U.S. trade or business income that a Non-U.S. Holder receives may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax or that is exempt from such withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be exempt from backup withholding if such Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or, in each case, a successor form) or otherwise establish an exemption and we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. The timing and amount of our actual knowledge or reasonexpenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. As a result, unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, our management will have broad discretion to know that such Non-U.S. Holder a U.S. person or thatallocate the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

The paymentnet proceeds of the offerings. Pending their ultimate use, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless a Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a “U.S. related financial intermediary”). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the Treasury regulations require informationshort-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is not a U.S. person and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisor on the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of their particular circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be refunded or credited against its U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Pursuant to Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities that do not otherwise qualify for an exemption must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or be subject to a withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party).

More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements or otherwise qualify for an exemption will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments generally include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends). While withholding under FATCA would have also applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds. The preamble to these proposed regulations indicates that taxpayers may rely on them pending their finalization. The FATCA withholding tax will apply to all withholdable payments without regard to whether the beneficial owner of the payment would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from imposition of withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty with the United States or U.S. domestic law. We will not pay additional amounts to holders of our Class A Common Stock in respect of amounts withheld. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

FATCA currently applies to dividends made in respect of our Class A Common Stock. To avoid withholding on dividends, Non-U.S. Holders may be required to provide us (or our withholding agents) with applicable tax forms or other information. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary ofdescription summarizes the materialmost important terms of our securities iscapital stock and does not intendedpurport to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporationis qualified in its entirety forby the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), which documents are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a complete descriptionpart, and the applicable provisions of the rights and preferences of our securities.Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

Authorized and Outstanding Stock

Our authorized capital stock consists ofof: (a) 300 million shares of common stock, includingwhich consists of (i) 210 million shares of Class A Common Stock,common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and (ii) 90 million shares of Class B Common Stock,common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share,share; and five(b) 5 million shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. As of August 26, 2020,February 28, 2022, there were 54,248,351 shares of common stock outstanding, including 53,616,86666,520,782 shares of Class A Common Stock,common stock issued and outstanding, held by approximately 21 stockholders of record; 448,279 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, held by approximate 14 stockholders of record; no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding and approximately 1.9 million Sponsor Warrants (as defined below) outstanding, which are exercisable for an aggregate of less than one million shares of Class A common stock and held of record by approximately 25 stockholders of record, and 631,485 shares of Class B Common Stock, held by approximately 20 stockholders of record, no shares of preferred stock outstanding and 30,065,622 warrants outstanding held of record by approximately 197 holders of warrants. Such numbers of stockholders do not include Depository Trust Company participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.

The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, our outstanding warrants, our registration rights agreementsagreement and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).DGCL. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, the warrant agreement and registration rights agreements,agreement, as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Class A Common StockVoting Rights

Holders of Class A Common Stockcommon stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, or as required by applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our common shares that are votedvotes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon is required to approve any such matter voted on by our stockholders. Directors are elected by a pluralitymajority of the votes cast by the holders of our common stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at an annual meeting of stockholders by holdersstockholders. If an incumbent director does not receive the required majority, the director shall tender his or her resignation promptly following certification of our common stock. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, withresults. Within 90 days after the result that the holders of more than 50%date of the shares voted forcertification of the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared byresults, the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Inwill determine, based upon the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding uprecommendation of the Company, our stockholders are entitledNomination & Governance Committee, whether to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after paymentaccept or reject the resignation or whether other action should be taken, and the board of liabilitiesdirectors will publicly disclose its decision and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. Our stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights, other than as described below in the section entitled “Preemptive or Other Rights.” There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Class B Common Stock

Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, or as required by applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our common shares that are voted is required to approve any

such matter voted on by our stockholders. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an annual meeting of stockholders by holders of our common stock.rationale. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Dividends

Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the stockholders of our Class A common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the Class A common stock.

Preemptive or Other Rights

On February 1, 2018 the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Coliseum Subscription Agreement”) with Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”) and Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A (“Blackwell”), pursuant to which CCP agreed to purchase from the Company 2,900,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company at a purchase price of $10.00 per share and Blackwell agreed to purchase from the Company 1,100,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Coliseum Private Placement”). The shares of the Company’s Class A common stock issued in the Coliseum Private Placement were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with the Coliseum Private Placement, Global Partner Sponsor I LLC (the “Sponsor”) assigned (i) an aggregate of 1,293,750 additional shares of Class A common stock (the “Coliseum Founder Shares”) to CCP and Blackwell and (ii) an aggregate of 3,282,500 warrants to purchase 1,641,250 shares of Class A common stock (the “Coliseum Warrants”) to CCP, Blackwell, and Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and together with CCP and Blackwell the “Coliseum Investors”)

In connection with the Coliseum Private Placement, we granted to the Coliseum Investors preemptive rights for the future sale of Company securities. So long as the Coliseum Investors hold at least 50% of the shares of Class A common stock acquired in the Coliseum Private Placement, the Coliseum Investors are entitled to purchase up to their pro rata share of all equity securities issued by the Company, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, the Coliseum Subscription Agreement provides the Coliseum Investors (and any other funds or accounts managed by Coliseum Capital Management, LLC) with a right of first refusal to provide all, but not less than all, of any of the following financings by the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (i) preferred equity financing with a preference to or over any of the terms of the Company’s Class A common stock and (ii) any debt financing with a principal amount outstanding (together with all other debt provided by lender or group of lenders) greater than or equal to $10 million, other than (x) the replacement or refinancing of existing indebtedness or (y) an asset based loan on customary terms with an all in interest rate of not greater than 5% per year, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The foregoing summary of the Coliseum Subscription Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Coliseum Subscription Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.16 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Other than as described above in this section, our stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are also no redemption rights or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class A common stock.

Registration Rights

Coliseum Registration Rights Agreement

On February 2, 2018, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Coliseum Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Coliseum Investors, providing for the registration under the Securities Act of (i) the shares issued in the Coliseum Private Placement, (ii) the Coliseum Warrants and the shares issuable upon the exercise of the Coliseum Warrants and (iii) the Coliseum Founder Shares, subject to customary terms and conditions.

The Coliseum Investors will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In May 2021, one of these three demand registration rights was exercised, leaving rights to make written demands for two more registrations. In addition, these holders have “piggy-back” registration rights to include such securities in other registration statements filed by us and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will pay the costs and expenses of filing any such registration statements. Under the terms of the Coliseum Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions, placement agent or brokers fees, or similar discounts, commissions, or fees payable incurred in connection with the sale of such registrable securities.

Incremental Loan Warrants Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with Purple LLC’s entry into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on February 26, 2019 with certain of the Coliseum Investors (the “Coliseum Lenders”), the Company issued to the Coliseum Lenders warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Incremental Loan Warrants”). The Company also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Incremental Loan Warrants Registration Rights Agreement”) providing for the registration under the Securities Act of the Incremental Loan Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock underlying the Incremental Loan Warrants, subject to customary terms and conditions. The Incremental Loan Warrants Registration Rights Agreement entitles the warrantholders to demand registration of these securities and also to piggyback on the registration of Company securities by the Company and other existing Company security holders. Under the terms of the Incremental Loan Warrants Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions, placement agent or brokers fees, or similar discounts, commissions, or fees payable incurred in connection with the sale of such registrable securities.

Class B Common Stock

The Class B common stock may only be issued to and held by InnoHold, LLC (“Innohold”) and its permitted transferees (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”).

Voting Rights

Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or as required by applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon is required to approve any such matter voted on by our stockholders. Directors are elected by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of our common stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at an annual meeting of stockholders. If an incumbent director does not receive the required majority, the director shall tender his or her resignation promptly following certification of the election results. Within 90 days after the date of the certification of the election results, the board of directors will determine, based upon the recommendation of the Nomination & Governance Committee, whether to accept or reject the resignation or whether other action should be taken, and the board of directors will publicly disclose its decision and rationale. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Dividends and Liquidation

The Class B common stock is not entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Board,board, or to receive any portion of any such assets in respect of their shares upon liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Company in excess of the par value of such stock. In addition, theCompany.

Other Restrictions and Rights

There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class B Common Stock may only be issued to and held by InnoHold and its permitted transferees (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”).common stock.

At any time Purple LLC issues a Class B Common Unit (“Class B Unit”) to a Permitted Holder, the Company will issue a share of Class B Common Stockcommon stock to such Permitted Holder. Upon an Exchangeexchange of a Class B Unit pursuant to the Exchange Agreement dated February 2, 2018 with Purple LLC, InnoHold and the Class B Unit holders who became a party thereto (the “Exchange Agreement”) for a share of Class A Common Stock,common stock (an “Exchange”), the corresponding share of Class B Common Stockcommon stock will be automatically cancelled for no consideration. Shares of Class B Common Stockcommon stock may only be transferred to a person other than the Company or Purple LLC if the transferee is a Permitted Holder and an equal number of Class B Units are simultaneously transferred to such transferee.

Exchange Rights.

An Exchange of Class B Common Stockcommon stock and Class B Units (together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, the “Paired Securities”) must be made under the terms of the Exchange Agreement. The Exchange Agreement provides for an initial exchange ratio of (i) one share of Class B Common Stockcommon stock plus (ii) one Class B Unit for one share of Class A Common Stock,common stock, in each case subject to certain adjustments.

Under the Exchange Agreement, holders of Paired Securities may elect to exchange all or any portion of their Paired Securities for shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock by delivering a notice to the Company setting forth the number of Paired Securities to be exchanged. Each share of Class B Common Stockcommon stock and each Class B Unit so exchanged will be cancelled upon the issuance of the underlying Class A Common Stock.common stock.

In certain cases, adjustments to the exchange ratio will occur in case of a split, reclassification, recapitalization, subdivision or similar transaction of or relating to the Class B Units or the shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock and Class B Common Stockcommon stock or a transaction in which the Class A Common Stockcommon stock is exchanged or exchanged into other securities or property. The exchange ratio will also adjust in certain circumstances when the Company acquires Class B Units other than through an exchange into shares of Class A Common Stock.common stock.

The right of a holder of Paired Securities to exchange may be limited by the Company if it reasonably determines in good faith that such restrictions are required by applicable law (including securities laws), such exchange would not be permitted under other agreements of such holder with the Company or its subsidiaries, including the operating agreement of Purple LLC, or if such exchange would cause Purple LLC to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under applicable tax laws.

The Company and each holder of Paired Securities shall bearpay its own expense regarding the exchangeExchange except that the Company shall be responsible for transfer taxes, stamp taxes and similar duties.

The foregoing summary of the Exchange Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Exchange Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 4.410.6 to the registration statement ofour Annual Report on Form 10-K, which this prospectus is a part and is incorporated by reference herein.

Founder SharesPreferred Stock

2,587,500Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation, our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock were soldpreferred stock may be issued from time to Global Partner Sponsor I LLC (the “Sponsor”)time in our initial public offering. These “Founder Shares”one or more series. The directors are identical to the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in our initial public offering, and holders of these shares have the sameexpressly authorized, without stockholder rightsapproval other than as public stockholders.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, the Company, Continental Stock Transfer Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), and Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A (“Blackwell” and together with the CCP, the “Coliseum Investors”) entered into an Agreement to Assign Founder Shares (the “Founder Share Assignment Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsor assigned to the Coliseum Investors an aggregate of 1,293,750 of its Founder Shares (the “Coliseum Founder Shares”).

Voting Power

Except as otherwisemay be required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designationNasdaq Global Market rules, to provide for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have exclusive voting power for the election of directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.

Warrants

Incremental Loan Warrants

In connection with the closing of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) dated February 26, 2019 by and among Purple LLC, CCP, Blackwell, Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and together with CCP and Blackwell, the “Lenders”) and Delaware Trust Company, we issued to the Lenders, in a private placement, warrants (the “Incremental Loan Warrants”) to purchase 2,613,240 shares of our Class A Common Stock. The terms of the Incremental Loan Warrants are described below.

General. Each Incremental Loan Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. In May 2020, Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, individually or together, no longer own at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, and pursuant to the terms of the warrant agreement, the exercise price was reduced to $0. As a result, the Incremental Loan Warrants may be exercised without any further consideration paid to us, resulting in further dilution to existing shareholders. The Incremental Loan Warrants expire on February 26, 2024, at 5:00 p.m., New York time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

Exercise. The Incremental Loan Warrants may be exercised by providing an executed notice of exercise form accompanied by full payment of the exercise price or on a cashless basis, if applicable. The holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Common Stock or any voting rights until they exercise their Incremental Loan Warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants, each holder will be entitledpreferred stock in one or more series and to one vote for each share held of record on all mattersestablish from time to be voted on by stockholders generally. Upon 20 days’ prior written notice, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decrease the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants at any time prior to the expiration of the Incremental Loan Warrants for a period of not less than 20 business days.

Redemption Right. Once the Incremental Loan Warrants become exercisable, the Company may call the Incremental Loan Warrants for redemption in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per share of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrantholder, provided that this redemption right is only available if the reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders. If the Company calls the Incremental Loan Warrants for redemption, it will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its Incremental Loan Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis” by which the holders would pay the exercise price by surrendering their Incremental Loan Warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the voting rights, designations and other special rights or restrictions. The issuance of such shares of preferred stock could dilute the interest of, or impair the voting power of, our common stockholders. The issuance of such preferred stock could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change of control.

Warrants to Purchase Class A Common Stock underlying the

Incremental Loan Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise priceAs of the Incremental Loan Warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below), by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average reported last sale price of theMarch 15, 2022, we had outstanding warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Incremental Loan Warrants.common stock as follows:

Beneficial Ownership Limitation. The warrantholders may elect to be subject to a requirement that such warrantholder will not have the right to exercise its Incremental Loan Warrants, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Anti-Dilution Protection. If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Incremental Loan Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) “fair market value” means the volume weighted average price of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if the Company, at any time while the Incremental Loan Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pays a dividend or makes a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described in the paragraph above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the Incremental Loan Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.

Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants is adjusted, as described in the paragraphs above, the Incremental Loan Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the Incremental Loan Warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

Fundamental Transaction; Exercise Price Adjustment. In the event of a “fundamental transaction” the holder will have the right to purchase and receive the same kind and amount of consideration receivable by the stockholders of the Company in such fundamental transaction. The Company will cause the surviving company in a fundamental transaction to assume the obligations of the Company under the Incremental Loan Warrants. In addition, the holder may elect to either (i) have the exercise price of the warrant reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants (as set forth in the Incremental Loan Warrants) or (ii) cause the Company or its successor to repurchase all or a portion of the Incremental Loan Warrants at the Black-Scholes value (as set forth in the Incremental Loan Warrants). For purposes of the Incremental Loan Warrants, a “fundamental transaction” includes, subject to certain exceptions, any reclassification or reorganization of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, any merger or consolidation with (but not into) another corporation in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation own less than a majority of the outstanding stock of the surviving entity, any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets or other property of the Company, and any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) consummates a tender, exchange or redemption offer after which such group beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company.

Additionally, the exercise price of the warrant will be reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants (as set forth in the Incremental Loan Warrants) in the event (a) any person (other than the holders of the Incremental Loan Warrants and their affiliates), together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such person is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such person (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, through purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of transactions, securities of the Company entitling such person or group to exercise 25% or more of the total voting power of all voting securities of the Company, (b) Tony Pearce or Terry Pearce individually or together cease beneficially to own at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, or (c) the Board ceases to be comprised of a majority of independent directors (as defined under NASDAQ rules) for a period of longer than 60 consecutive days. Depending upon the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants at the time of any such transaction, the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants could be reduced to zero and the Incremental Loan Warrants would be exercisable in full without any further consideration paid to us.

Amendments. The Incremental Loan Warrants provide that the terms of the Incremental Loan Warrants may be amended only in a writing signed by the Company and the holder.

Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants

   

Total Outstanding

and Exercisable

  

Underlying Shares of

Common Stock

  Exercise
Price per
Share
  

Expiration Date

Sponsor Warrants issued in February 2018 initial public offering

  

1,855,751

  

927,875

   $   11.50  February 2, 2023

There were 15,525,000 warrants (the “Public Warrants”) issued in the initial public offering of Global Partner Acquisition Corp. (the predecessor to the Company) and 12,815,000 warrants (the “Sponsor Warrants”) issued in a private placement simultaneously with such initial public offering. The Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants havewere redeemed by the same terms. In March 2018, the Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants began trading together as publicly traded warrants under the same trading symbol and CUSIP. The Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants trade under the symbol “PRPLW” on OTC Pink.Company in accordance with their terms in November 2020. The terms of the Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants are described below.

PublicSponsor Warrants

Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one-half of one share of our Class A Common Stockcommon stock at a price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per full share), subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time after March 4, 2018. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrantholder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of the Class A Common Stock.common stock. For example, if a warrantholder holds one warrant to purchase one-halfone half of a share of Class A Common Stock,common stock, such warrant will not be exercisable. If a

warrantholder holds two warrants, such warrants will be exercisable for one share of the Class A Common Stock.common stock. Warrants must be exercised for a whole share. The warrants will expire February 2, 2023, at 5:00 p.m., New York time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock upon exercise of a warrant unless Class A Common Stockcommon stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of Class A Common Stockcommon stock underlying such unit.

Registration Rights. We agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of our initial business combination, we would use our best efforts to file with the SEC the registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. That registration statement was filed within fifteen (15) business days of the Business Combination. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Common Stockcommon stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under blue sky laws.

We may call the warrants for redemption:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrantholder; and

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant-holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Common Stock may fall below the $24.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $5.75 (for each half share) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below), by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after our initial business combination. If we call the Public Warrants for redemption, the Sponsor Warrants held by the Sponsor and its permitted transferees would remaining outstanding and would still be entitled to exercise their Sponsor Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above.

A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Adjustment for Stock Splits and Other. If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock,common stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.common stock. A rights offering to holders of Class A Common Stockcommon stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock)common stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stockcommon stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock,common stock, in determining the price payable for Class A Common Stock,common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A Common Stockcommon stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Common Stockcommon stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stockcommon stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stockcommon stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.common stock.

Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock)common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock)common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of

our Class A Common Stockcommon stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A Common Stockcommon stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant.

Amendments. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.

Exercise. The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Common Stockcommon stock or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock.common stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrantholder.

Sponsor Warrants

Pursuant to the Warrant Agreementwarrant agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (or its successor), for so long as the Sponsor or a permitted transferee of the Sponsor holds Sponsor Warrants, such holder may exercise the Sponsor Warrants on a cashless basis. If holders of the Sponsor Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below), by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stockcommon stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent. In connection with the Business Combination, theAs of February 28, 2022, approximately 1.9 million Sponsor assigned to CCP, Blackwell, CDF and Baleen Capital Management LLCWarrants remained outstanding, which are exercisable for an aggregate of 9,532,500 Sponsor Warrants to purchase 4,766,250less than one million shares of Class A Common Stock. After giving effect to such assignment,common stock. If the Sponsor holds 3,282,500Warrants are transferred other than to a permitted transferee, such warrants will no longer be exercisable on a cashless basis and we may call the warrants for redemption:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrantholder; and

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

If and when such warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be issued to the warrantholder.

The foregoing summary of the Sponsor Warrants does not purport to purchase 1,641,250be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the warrant agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 4.4 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Equity Awards

As of December 31, 2021, 2.1 million shares of Class A Common Stock. For as long as Sponsor Warrants are heldcommon stock remained available for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and stock-based compensation associated with equity awards issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $3.4 million.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for:

any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us;

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders;

any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or

any action asserting a claim against us governed by the Sponsor or a Permitted Transfereeinternal affairs doctrine.

The enforceability of the Sponsor (or a Permitted Transfereesimilar choice of such Permitted Transferee), the Sponsor Warrants may not be redeemed by the Company. CCP, Blackwell, CDF,forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and Baleen Capital Management LLC are Permitted Transferees of the Sponsor.

Registration Rights

InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement

On February 2, 2018,it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the closingchoice of the Business Combination, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with InnoHoldforum provisions contained in our amended and the Parent Representative (the “InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement, InnoHold holds registration rights that obligate the Companyrestated certificate of incorporation to register for resale under the Securities Act, allbe inapplicable or any portion of the Equity Consideration (including Class A Common Stock issued in exchange for the equity consideration received in the Business Combination) (the “Registrable Securities”) so long as such shares are not then restricted under the Lock-Up Agreement. InnoHold is entitled to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Securities (up to a maximum of three demands in total), so long as such shares are not then restricted under the Lock-Up Agreement. Subject to certain exceptions, if any time after the closing of the Business Combination, the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to its securities, under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall give notice to InnoHold as to the proposed filing and offer InnoHold an opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as requested by InnoHold in writing. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, InnoHold is entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of its Registrable Securities on Form S-3 and any similar short-form registration that may be available at such time.

Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify InnoHold and certain persons or entities related to InnoHold, such as its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of a material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they sell Registrable Securities, unless such liability arose from their misstatement or omission, and InnoHold agreed to indemnify the Company and certain persons or entities related to the Company such as its officers and directors and underwriters against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions in those documents.

The Company is filing the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part at the request of InnoHold pursuant to its rights under the InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement.

Dividends

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of the Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Company) when, as and if declared thereon by the board of directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor, and will share equally on a per share basisunenforceable in such dividends and distributions. Holders of Class B Common Stock are not entitled to share in any such dividends or other distributions.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of the Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied. Holders of the Class B Common Stock will not be entitled to receive any portion of any such assets of the Company in excess of the par value of such stock in respect of their shares of Class B Common Stock.

Preemptive or Other Rights

On February 1, 2018 the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Coliseum Subscription Agreement”) with CCP and Blackwell (together the “Coliseum Investors”), pursuant to which CCP agreed to purchase from the Company 2,900,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $10.00 per share and Blackwell agreed to purchase from the Company 1,100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Coliseum Private Placement”). The shares of the Company’s common stock issued in the Coliseum Private Placement were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In connection with the Coliseum Private Placement, we granted to the Coliseum Investors preemptive rights for the future sale of Company securities. So long as the Coliseum Investors hold at least 50% of the shares of Class A Common Stock acquired in the Coliseum Private Placement, the Coliseum Investors are entitled to purchase up to their pro rata share of all equity securities issued by the Company, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, the Coliseum Subscription Agreement provides the Coliseum Investors (and any other funds or accounts managed by Coliseum Capital Management, LLC) with a right of first refusal to provide all, but not less than all, of any of the following financings by the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (i) preferred equity financing with a preference to or over any of the terms of the Company’s common stock and (ii) any debt financing with a principal amount outstanding (together with all other debt provided by lender or group of lenders) greater than or equal to $10 million, other than (x) the replacement or refinancing of existing indebtedness or (y) an asset based loan on customary terms with an all in interest rate of not greater than 5% per year, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Other than the Coliseum Investors, stockholders will have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there will be no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.action.

Certain Anti-Takeover ProvisionsEffects of Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “merger” with:

 

a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”);

an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or

 

an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.

A “merger” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:

 

our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction;

 

after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the merger is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of its stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our Bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders and specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed.

Additional Authorized Shares of Capital Stock. The additional shares of authorized common stock and preferred stock available for issuance under our Certificate of Incorporation could be issued at such times, under such circumstances and with such terms and conditions as to impede a change in control.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Limitations on Stockholder Ability to Act by Written Consent or Call Special Meetings. The Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Further, the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our transfer agent and registrar is Philadelphia Stock Transfer, Inc.,Inc.. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 2320 Haverford Rd., Suite 230, Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003. Their telephone number is (484) 416-3124.

Market Listing of Securities

Our Class A Common Stockcommon stock is listed on NASDAQThe Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PRPL.”

UNDERWRITINGDESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

BofA Securities, Inc. is actingGeneral

We may issue warrants for the purchase of our debt securities, preferred stock or Class A common stock, or any combination thereof. Warrants may be issued independently or together with our debt securities, preferred stock or Class A common stock and may be attached to or separate from any offered securities. If we choose to use a warrant agent, each series of warrants will be issued under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as the sole underwriterwarrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent in connection with the underwrittenwarrants. The warrant agent will not have any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any holders or beneficial owners of warrants. This summary of certain provisions of the warrants is not complete. For the terms of a particular series of warrants, you should refer to the prospectus supplement for that series of warrants and the warrant agreement for that particular series.

Debt Warrants

The prospectus supplement relating to a particular issue of warrants to purchase debt securities will describe the terms of the debt warrants, including the following:

the title of the debt warrants;

the offering price for the debt warrants, if any;

the aggregate number of the debt warrants;

the designation and terms of the debt securities, including any conversion rights, purchasable upon exercise of the debt warrants;

if applicable, the date from and after which the debt warrants and any debt securities issued with them will be separately transferable;

the principal amount of debt securities that may be purchased upon exercise of a debt warrant and the exercise price for the warrants, which may be payable in cash, securities or other property;

the dates on which the right to exercise the debt warrants will commence and expire;

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of the debt warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

whether the debt warrants represented by the debt warrant certificates or debt securities that may be issued upon exercise of the debt warrants will be issued in registered or bearer form;

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

the currency or currency units in which the offering price, if any, and the exercise price are payable;

if applicable, a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations;

the anti-dilution provisions of the debt warrants, if any;

the redemption or call provisions, if any, applicable to the debt warrants;

any provisions with respect to the holder’s right to require us to repurchase the warrants upon a change in control or similar event; and

any additional terms of the debt warrants, including procedures, and limitations relating to the exchange, exercise and settlement of the debt warrants.

Equity Warrants

The prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of warrants to purchase our Class A Common Stock contemplated by this prospectus. Subject tocommon stock or preferred stock will describe the terms of the warrants, including the following:

the title of the warrants;

the offering price for the warrants, if any;

the aggregate number of warrants;

the designation and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us,terms of the Selling StockholderClass A common stock or preferred stock that may be purchased upon exercise of the warrants;

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the underwriter,number of warrants issued with each security;

if applicable, the Selling Stockholder has agreed to sell todate from and after which the underwriterwarrants and any securities issued with the underwriter has agreed to purchase from the Selling Stockholder, warrants will be separately transferable;

the number of shares of Class A Common Stockcommon stock or preferred stock that may be purchased upon exercise of a warrant and the exercise price for the warrants;

the dates on which the right to exercise the warrants shall commence and expire;

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of the warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

the currency or currency units in which the offering price, if any, and the exercise price are payable;

if applicable, a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations;

any provisions for changes to or adjustments in the exercise price or number of securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

the redemption or call provisions, if any, applicable to the warrants;

any provisions with respect to the holder’s right to require us to repurchase the warrants upon a change in control or similar event; and

any additional terms of the warrants, including procedures, and limitations relating to the exchange, exercise and settlement of the warrants.

Before exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including:

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture; or

in the case of warrants to purchase Class A common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends, if any; to receive payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up; to receive notice as stockholders with respect to meetings of stockholders; or to exercise voting or consent rights, if any.

The descriptions of the warrants in this prospectus and in any prospectus supplement are summaries of the material provisions of the applicable warrants. These descriptions do not restate those warrants in their entirety and may not contain all the information that you may find useful. We urge you to read the applicable warrants because they, and not the summaries, define your rights as holders of the warrants. For more information, please review the forms of the relevant warrants, which will be filed with the SEC promptly after the offering of warrants and will be available as described in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

This section describes the general terms and provisions of the debt securities that we may offer using this prospectus and the related indenture. This section is only a summary and does not purport to be complete. You must look to the relevant form of debt security and the related indenture for a full understanding of all terms of any series of debt securities. The form of debt security and the related indenture have been or will be filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for information on how to obtain copies.

We may issue debt securities from time to time, in one or more series, as either senior or subordinated debt or as senior or subordinated convertible debt. The senior debt securities will rank equally with any other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The subordinated debt securities will be subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner described in the instrument governing the debt, to all of our senior indebtedness. Convertible debt securities will be convertible into shares of our Class A common stock or preferred stock. Conversion may be mandatory or at the holder’s option and would be at prescribed conversion rates. While the terms we have summarized herein will apply generally to any debt securities that we may offer under this prospectus, we will describe the particular terms of any debt securities that we may offer in more detail in the applicable prospectus supplement. The terms of any debt securities offered under a prospectus supplement may differ from the terms described below. Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires otherwise, whenever we refer to the indenture, we also are referring to any supplemental indentures thereto that specify the terms of a particular series of debt securities.

We will issue the debt securities under an indenture that we will enter into with the trustee named in the indenture. The indentures will be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or the Trust Indenture Act. We have filed the forms of indentures as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and supplemental indentures and forms of debt securities containing the terms of the debt securities being offered will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or will be incorporated by reference from reports that we file with the SEC.

The following summary of material provisions of the debt securities and the indentures is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the indenture applicable to a particular series of debt securities. We urge you to read the applicable prospectus supplements and any related free writing prospectuses related to the debt securities that we may offer under this prospectus, as well as the complete indenture that contains the terms of the debt securities.

General

The indentures do not limit the amount of debt securities that we may issue. They provide that we may issue debt securities up to the principal amount that we may authorize and may be in any currency or currency unit that we may designate. Except for the limitations on consolidation, merger and sale of all or substantially all of our assets contained in the indentures, the terms of the indentures do not contain any covenants or other provisions designed to give holders of any debt securities protection against changes in our operations, financial condition or transactions involving us.

We may issue the debt securities issued under the indentures as “discount securities,” which means they may be sold at a discount below their stated principal amount. These debt securities, as well as other debt securities that are not issued at a discount, may be issued with “original issue discount,” or OID, for U.S. federal income tax purposes because of interest payment and other characteristics or terms of the debt securities. Material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to debt securities issued with OID will be described in more detail in the applicable prospectus supplement.

We will describe in the applicable prospectus supplement the terms of the series of debt securities being offered, including:

the title of the series of debt securities;

any limit upon the aggregate principal amount that may be issued;

the maturity date or dates;

the form of the debt securities of the series;

the applicability of any guarantees;

whether or not the debt securities will be secured or unsecured, and the terms of any secured debt;

whether the debt securities rank as senior debt, senior subordinated debt, or subordinated debt;

if the price (expressed as a percentage of the aggregate principal amount thereof) at which such debt securities will be issued is a price other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount thereof payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof, or if applicable, the portion of the principal amount of such debt securities that is convertible into another security or the method by which any such portion shall be determined;

the interest rate or rates, which may be fixed or variable, or the method for determining the rate and the date interest will begin to accrue, the dates interest will be payable and the regular record dates for interest payment dates or the method for determining such dates;

our right, if any, to defer payment of interest and the maximum length of any such deferral period;

if applicable, the date or dates after which, or the period or periods during which, and the price or prices at which, we may, at our option, redeem the series of debt securities pursuant to any optional or provisional redemption provisions and the terms of those redemption provisions;

the date or dates, if any, on which, and the price or prices at which we are obligated, pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption or analogous provisions or otherwise, to repurchase, at the holder’s option, the series of debt securities;

the denominations in which we will issue the series of debt securities, if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof;

any and all terms, if applicable, relating to any auction or remarketing of the debt securities of that series and any security for our obligations with respect to such debt securities and any other terms which may be advisable in connection with the marketing of debt securities of that series;

whether the debt securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a global security or securities; the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such global security or securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual securities; and the depositary for such global security or securities;

if applicable, the provisions relating to conversion or exchange of any debt securities of the series and the terms and conditions upon which such debt securities will be so convertible or exchangeable, including the conversion or exchange price, as applicable, or how it will be calculated and may be adjusted, any mandatory or optional (at our option or the holders’ option) conversion or exchange features, the applicable conversion or exchange period and the manner of settlement for any conversion or exchange;

if other than the full principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of debt securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof;

additions to or changes in the covenants applicable to the particular debt securities being issued, including, among others, the consolidation, merger or sale covenant;

additions to or changes in the events of default with respect to the securities and any change in the right of the trustee or the holders to declare the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, with respect to such securities to be due and payable;

additions to or changes in or deletions of the provisions relating to covenant defeasance and legal defeasance;

additions to or changes in the provisions relating to satisfaction and discharge of the applicable indenture;

additions to or changes in the provisions relating to the modification of the applicable indenture both with and without the consent of holders of debt securities issued under the applicable indenture;

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which payment of debt securities if other than U.S. dollars and the manner of determining the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars;

whether interest will be payable in cash or additional debt securities at our or the holders’ option and the terms and conditions upon which the election may be made;

the terms and conditions, if any, upon which we will pay amounts in addition to the stated interest, premium, if any, and principal amounts of the debt securities of the series to any holder that is not a “United States person” for federal tax purposes;

any restrictions on transfer, sale or assignment of the debt securities of the series;

any other specific terms, preferences, rights or limitations of, or restrictions on, the debt securities, any other additions or changes in the provisions of the applicable indenture, and any terms that may be required by us or advisable under applicable laws or regulations; and

the subordination terms of the debt securities of the series, if any.

Conversion or Exchange Rights

We will set forth opposite its name below.in the applicable prospectus supplement the terms on which a series of debt securities may be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or our other securities. We will include provisions as to settlement upon conversion or exchange and whether conversion or exchange is mandatory, at the option of the holder or at our option. We may include provisions pursuant to which the number of shares of our Class A common stock or our other securities that the holders of the series of debt securities receive would be subject to adjustment.

Consolidation, Merger or Sale

Unless we provide otherwise in the prospectus supplement applicable to a particular series of debt securities, the indenture will not contain any covenant that restricts our ability to merge or consolidate, or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety. However, any successor to or acquirer of such assets (other than a subsidiary of ours) must assume all of our obligations under the indenture or the debt securities, as appropriate.

Events of Default under the Indentures

Unless we provide otherwise in the prospectus supplement applicable to a particular series of debt securities, the following are events of default under the indentures with respect to any series of debt securities that we may issue:

 

Underwriter

if we fail to pay any installment of interest on any series of debt securities, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 90 days; provided, however, that a valid extension of an interest payment period by us in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental thereto shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose;

if we fail to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, on any series of debt securities as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise, or in any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to such series; provided, however, that a valid extension of the maturity of such debt securities in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental thereto shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any;

if we fail to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the debt securities or the indenture, other than a covenant specifically relating to another series of debt securities, and our failure continues for 90 days after we receive written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied and stating that such is a notice of default thereunder, from the trustee or holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the applicable series; and

if specified events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur.

If an event of default with respect to debt securities of any series occurs and is continuing, other than an event of default specified in the last bullet point above, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series, by notice to us in writing, and to the trustee if notice is given by such holders, may declare the unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on such series of debt securities due and payable immediately. If an event of default specified in the last bullet point above occurs with respect to us, the principal amount of and accrued interest, if any, on each issue of debt securities then outstanding shall be due and payable without any notice or other action on the part of the trustee or any holder.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of an affected series may waive any default or event of default with respect to the series and its consequences, except defaults or events of default regarding payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such debt securities, unless we have cured the default or event of default in accordance with the indentures. Any waiver shall cure the default or event of default.

Number of
Shares

BofA Securities, Inc.

11,826,087

Total

11,826,087

Subject to the terms of the indentures, if an event of default under an indenture shall occur and be continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under such indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the applicable series of debt securities, unless such holders have offered the trustee reasonable indemnity. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee, with respect to the debt securities of that series, provided that:

the direction so given by the holder is not in conflict with any law or the applicable indenture; and

subject to its duties under the Trust Indenture Act, the trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or might be unduly prejudicial to the holders not involved in the proceeding.

A holder of the debt securities of any series will have the right to institute a proceeding under the indenture or to appoint a receiver or trustee, or to seek other remedies only if:

the holder has given written notice to the trustee of a continuing event of default with respect to that series;

the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series have made written request;

such holders have offered to the trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred by the trustee in compliance with the request; and

the trustee does not institute the proceeding, and does not receive from the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series other conflicting directions within 90 days after the notice, request and offer.

These limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of debt securities if we default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the debt securities.

We will periodically file statements with the trustee regarding our compliance with specified covenants in the indentures.

Modification of Indenture; Waiver

Unless we provide otherwise in the prospectus supplement applicable to a particular series of debt securities, we and the trustee may change an indenture without the consent of any holders with respect to specific matters:

to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the indenture or in the debt securities of any series;

to comply with the provisions described above under “Description of Debt Securities-Consolidation, Merger or Sale;

to provide for uncertificated debt securities in addition to or in place of certificated debt securities;

to add to our covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions such new covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of debt securities, to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and the continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an event of default or to surrender any right or power conferred upon us in the indenture;

to add to, delete from or revise the conditions, limitations, and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms, or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of debt securities, as set forth in the underwriting agreement,indenture;

to make any change that does not adversely affect the underwriterinterests of any holder of debt securities of any series in any material respect;

to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the debt securities of any series as provided above under “Description of Debt Securities-General” to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of the indenture or any series of debt securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of any series of debt securities;

to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under any indenture by a successor trustee; or

to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of any indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

In addition, under the indentures, the rights of holders of a series of debt securities may be changed by us and the trustee with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of each series that is affected. However, unless we provide otherwise in the prospectus supplement applicable to a particular series of debt securities, we and the trustee may make the following changes only with the consent of each holder of any outstanding debt securities affected:

extending the fixed maturity of any debt securities of any series;

reducing the principal amount, reducing the rate of or extending the time of payment of interest, or reducing any premium payable upon the redemption of any series of any debt securities; or

reducing the percentage of debt securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment, supplement, modification or waiver.

Discharge

The indentures provide that we can elect to be discharged from our obligations with respect to one or more series of debt securities, except for specified obligations, including obligations to:

register the transfer or exchange of debt securities of the series;

replace stolen, lost or mutilated debt securities of the series;

maintain paying agencies;

hold monies for payment in trust;

recover excess money held by the trustee;

compensate and indemnify the trustee; and

appoint any successor trustee.

In order to exercise our rights to be discharged, we must deposit with the trustee money or government obligations sufficient to pay all the principal of, any premium, if any, and interest on, the debt securities of the series on the dates payments are due.

Form, Exchange and Transfer

We will issue the debt securities of each series only in fully registered form without coupons and, unless we provide otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. The indentures provide that we may issue debt securities of a series in temporary or permanent global form and as book-entry securities that will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, or another depositary named by us and identified in the applicable prospectus supplement with respect to that series. To the extent the debt securities of a series are issued in global form and as book-entry, a description of terms relating to any book-entry securities will be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. To the extent the debt securities of a series are issued in global form and as book-entry, a description of terms relating to any book-entry securities will be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

At the option of the holder, subject to the terms of the applicable indenture and the limitations applicable to global securities described in the applicable prospectus supplement, the holder of the debt securities of any series can exchange the debt securities for other debt securities of the same series, in any authorized denomination and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

Subject to the terms of the applicable indenture and the limitations applicable to global securities set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the debt securities may present the debt securities for

exchange or for registration of transfer, duly endorsed or with the form of transfer endorsed thereon duly executed if so required by us or the security registrar, at the office of the security registrar or at the office of any transfer agent designated by us for this purpose. Unless otherwise provided in the debt securities that the holder presents for transfer or exchange, we will impose no service charge for any registration of transfer or exchange, but we may require payment of any taxes or other governmental charges.

We will name in the applicable prospectus supplement the security registrar, and any transfer agent in addition to the security registrar, that we initially designate for any debt securities. We may at any time designate additional transfer agents or rescind the designation of any transfer agent or approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts, except that we will be required to maintain a transfer agent in each place of payment for the debt securities of each series.

If we elect to redeem the debt securities of any series, we will not be required to:

issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any debt securities of that series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of any debt securities that may be selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing; or

register the transfer of or exchange of any debt securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any debt securities we are redeeming in part.

Information Concerning the Trustee

The trustee, other than during the occurrence and continuance of an event of default under an indenture, undertakes to perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in the applicable indenture. Upon an event of default under an indenture, the trustee must use the same degree of care as a prudent person would exercise or use in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to this provision, the trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the powers given it by the indenture at the request of any holder of debt securities unless it is offered reasonable security and indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that it might incur.

Payment and Paying Agents

Unless we otherwise indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will make payment of the interest on any debt securities on any interest payment date to the person in whose name the debt securities, or one or more predecessor securities, are registered at the close of business on the regular record date for the interest.

We will pay principal of and any premium and interest on the debt securities of a particular series at the office of the paying agents designated by us, except that unless we otherwise indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will make interest payments by check that we will mail to the holder or by wire transfer to certain holders. Unless we otherwise indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will designate the corporate trust office of the trustee as our sole paying agent for payments with respect to debt securities of each series. We will name in the applicable prospectus supplement any other paying agents that we initially designate for the debt securities of a particular series. We will maintain a paying agent in each place of payment for the debt securities of a particular series.

All money we pay to a paying agent or the trustee for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any debt securities that remains unclaimed at the end of two years after such principal, premium or interest has agreedbecome due and payable will be repaid to us, and the holder of the debt security thereafter may look only to us for payment thereof.

Governing Law

The indentures and the debt securities, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to the indenture or the debt securities, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent that the Trust Indenture Act is applicable.

DESCRIPTION OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

We may issue subscription rights to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If the underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwritersour Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. These subscription rights may be increasedoffered independently or together with any other security offered hereby and may or may not be transferable by the underwriting agreementstockholder receiving the subscription rights in such offering. In connection with any offering of subscription rights, we may be terminated.

We and the Selling Stockholder have agreedenter into a standby arrangement with one or more underwriters or other purchasers pursuant to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to paymentswhich the underwriters or other purchasers may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.purchase any securities remaining unsubscribed for after such offering.

The underwriter isprospectus supplement relating to any subscription rights we offer, if any, will, to the extent applicable, include specific terms relating to the offering, including some or all of the shares, subjectfollowing:

the price, if any, for the subscription rights;

the exercise price payable for our Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities upon the exercise of the subscription rights;

the number of subscription rights to prior sale, when, as and ifbe issued to each stockholder;

the number and accepted by it, subjectterms of our Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities which may be purchased per each subscription right;

the extent to approvalwhich the subscription rights are transferable;

any other terms of legal matters by its counsel,the subscription rights, including the validityterms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the shares, and other conditions contained in subscription rights;

the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriter of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriter reservesdate on which the right to withdraw, cancelexercise the subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which the subscription rights shall expire;

the extent to which the subscription rights may include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities or modify offersan over-allotment privilege to the extent the securities are fully subscribed; and

if applicable, the material terms of any standby underwriting or purchase arrangement which may be entered into by the Company in connection with the offering of subscription rights.

The descriptions of the subscription rights in this prospectus and in any prospectus supplement are summaries of the material provisions of the applicable subscription right agreements. These descriptions do not restate those subscription right agreements in their entirety and may not contain all the information that you may find useful. We urge you to read the applicable subscription right agreements because they, and not the summaries, define your rights as holders of the subscription rights. For more information, please review the forms of the relevant subscription right agreements, which will be filed with the SEC promptly after the offering of subscription rights and will be available as described in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

DESCRIPTION OF UNITS

We may issue units comprised of one or more of the other classes of securities described in this prospectus in any combination. Each unit will be issued so that the holder of the unit is also the holder of each security included in the unit. Thus, the holder of a unit will have the rights and obligations of a holder of each included security. The units may be issued under unit agreements to be entered into between us and a unit agent, as detailed in the prospectus supplement relating to the units being offered. The prospectus supplement will describe:

the designation and terms of the units and of the securities comprising the units, including whether and under what circumstances the securities comprising the units may be held or transferred separately;

a description of the terms of any unit agreement governing the units;

a description of the provisions for the payment, settlement, transfer or exchange of the units;

a discussion of material federal income tax considerations, if applicable; and

whether the units if issued as a separate security will be issued in fully registered or global form.

The descriptions of the units in this prospectus and in any prospectus supplement are summaries of the material provisions of the applicable unit agreements. These descriptions do not restate those unit agreements in their entirety and may not contain all the information that you may find useful. We urge you to read the applicable unit agreements because they, and not the summaries, define your rights as holders of the units. For more information, please review the forms of the relevant unit agreements, which will be filed with the SEC promptly after the offering of units and will be available as described in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell the securities offered through this prospectus (1) to or through underwriters or dealers, (2) directly to purchasers, including our affiliates, (3) through agents, including ordinary brokerage transactions, block trades, placements, “at the market” transactions, put or call transactions or in any other way not involving market makers or established trading markets, (4) through a combination of any of these methods or (5) through any other methods described in a prospectus supplement. The securities may be distributed at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, market prices prevailing at the time of sale, prices related to the prevailing market prices, or negotiated prices. Any prospectus supplement will include, to the extent applicable, the following information:

the terms of the offering;

the names of any underwriters or agents;

the name or names of any managing underwriter or underwriters;

the purchase price of the securities;

the net proceeds from the sale of the securities;

any delayed delivery arrangements;

any underwriting discounts, commissions and other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;

any initial public offering price;

any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers; and

any commissions paid to agents.

We may engage in “at the market” offerings in an existing trading market in accordance with Rule 415(a)(4). Any “at the market” offering will be through an underwriter or underwriters acting as principal or agent for us.

Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in two business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide that the original issue date for your securities may be more than two scheduled business days after the trade date for your securities. Accordingly, in such a case, if you wish to trade securities on any date prior to the second business day before the original issue date for your securities, you will be required, by virtue of the fact that your securities initially are expected to settle in more than two scheduled business days after the trade date for your securities, to make alternative settlement arrangements to prevent a failed settlement.

We may issue to the holders of our Class A common stock, on a pro rata basis for no consideration, subscription rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock or preferred stock. These subscription rights may or may not be transferable by stockholders. The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the specific terms of any offering of our common or preferred stock through the issuance of subscription rights, including the terms of the subscription rights offering, the terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the subscription rights and, if applicable, the material terms of any standby underwriting or purchase arrangement entered into by us in connection with the offering of common or preferred stock through the issuance of subscription rights.

Sale through Underwriters or Dealers

If underwriters are used in the sale, the underwriters will acquire the securities for their own account, including through underwriting, purchase, security lending or repurchase agreements with us. The underwriters may resell the securities from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions.

Underwriters may sell the securities in order to facilitate transactions in any of our other securities (described in this prospectus or otherwise), including other public or private transactions and short sales. Underwriters may offer securities to the public andeither through underwriting syndicates represented by one or more managing underwriters or directly by one or more firms acting as underwriters. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, the obligations of the underwriters to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriter has advised uspurchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions, and the Selling Stockholderunderwriters will be obligated to purchase all the offered securities if they purchase any of them. The underwriters may change from time to time any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers. The prospectus supplement will include the names of the principal underwriters, the respective amount of securities underwritten, the nature of the obligation of the underwriters to take the securities and the nature of any material relationship between an underwriter and us.

Some or all of the securities that it proposes initiallywe offer through this prospectus may be new issues of securities with no established trading market. Any underwriters to offerwhom we sell securities for public offering and sale may make a market in those securities, but they will not be obligated to do so and they may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the sharesliquidity of, or continued trading markets for, any securities offered pursuant to this prospectus.

If dealers are used in the sale of securities offered through this prospectus, we will sell the securities to them as principals. They may then resell those securities to the public at varying prices determined by the dealers at the time of resale. The prospectus supplement will include the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction.

Direct Sales and Sales through Agents

We may sell the securities offered through this prospectus directly. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved.

Securities may also be sold through agents designated from time to time. Any required prospectus supplement will name any agent involved in the offer or sale of the offered securities and will describe any commissions payable to the agent by us. Unless otherwise indicated in such prospectus supplement, any agent will agree to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit purchases for the period of its appointment.

We may sell the securities directly to institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to any sale of those securities. The terms of any such sales will be described in any required prospectus supplement.

Delayed Delivery Contracts

If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, we may authorize agents, underwriters or dealers to solicit offers from certain types of institutions to purchase securities at the public offering price set forthunder delayed delivery contracts. These contracts would provide for payment and delivery on a specified date in the cover pagefuture. The contracts would be subject only to those conditions described in the prospectus supplement. The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the commission payable for solicitation of thisthose contracts.

Market Making, Stabilization and Other Transactions

Unless the applicable prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excesssupplement states otherwise, each series of $                per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the Selling Stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase additional shares.

Per ShareWithout OptionWith Option

Public offering price

$$$

Underwriting discount

$$$

Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder

$$$

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                 and are payableoffered securities by us and the Selling Stockholder. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain of its expenses in an amount up to $35,000.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The Selling Stockholder has granted an option to the underwriter, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,773,913 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriter exercises this option, the underwriter will be obligated, subjecta new issue and will have no established trading market. We may elect to conditions containedlist any series of offered securities on an exchange. Any underwriters that we use in the underwriting agreement, to purchase such additional shares.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and the Selling Stockholder and our executive officers and directors, other than John A. Legg, our Chief Operating Officer, Casey K. McGarvey, our Chief Legal Officer, and Verdi R. White III, our Chief Retail Officer, have agreed not to sell or transfer any Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with Class A Common Stock, for 60 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the underwriter. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any Class A Common Stock,

sell any option or contract to purchase any Class A Common Stock,

purchase any option or contract to sell any Class A Common Stock,

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of such offered securities may make a market in such securities, but may discontinue such market making at any Class A Common Stock,time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that the securities will have a liquid trading market.

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Class A Common Stock,

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the Class A Common Stock, or

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Class A Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to Class A Common Stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with Class A Common Stock. It also applies to Class A Common Stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Nasdaq Capital Market Listing

The shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PRPL.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit the underwriter and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A Common Stock. However, theAny underwriter may engage in overallotment, stabilizing transactions, that stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock, such asshort covering transactions and penalty bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriter may purchase and sell our Class A Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriter of a greater number of shares than it is required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising its option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which the underwriter may purchase shares through the option granted to it. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is

concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A Common Stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A Common Stock made by the underwriter in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A Common Stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. As a result, the price of our Class A Common Stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriter may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriter and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in the Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange ActAct. Overallotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Short covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution is completed to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on any exchange or over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Any agents and underwriters who are qualified market makers on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC may engage in passive market making transactions in the securities on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M, during a periodthe business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of Class A Common Stockthe securities. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and extending through the completion of distribution. Aprice limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However,for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, thathowever, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when specifiedcertain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may causestabilize the market price of our Class A Common Stock to be higher than the pricesecurities at a level above that which might otherwise would existprevail in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriter and, dealers are not required to engage in passive market making andif commenced, may end passive market making activitiesbe discontinued at any time.

Electronic DistributionDerivative Transactions and Hedging

We, the underwriters or other agents may engage in derivative transactions involving the securities. These derivatives may consist of short sale transactions and other hedging activities. The underwriters or agents may acquire a long or short position in the securities, hold or resell securities acquired and purchase options or futures on the securities and other derivative instruments with returns linked to or related to changes in the price of the securities. In connectionorder to facilitate these derivative transactions, we may enter into security lending or repurchase agreements with the underwriters or agents. The underwriters or agents may effect the derivative transactions through sales of the securities to the public, including short sales, or by lending the securities in order to facilitate short sale transactions by others. The underwriters or agents may also use the securities purchased or borrowed from us or others (or, in the case of derivatives, securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives) to directly or indirectly settle sales of the securities or close out any related open borrowings of the securities.

Electronic Auctions

We may also make sales through the Internet or through other electronic means. Since we may from time to time elect to offer securities directly to the public, with or without the involvement of agents, underwriters or dealers, utilizing the Internet or other forms of electronic bidding or ordering systems for the pricing and allocation of such securities, you should pay particular attention to the description of that system we will provide in a prospectus supplement.

Such electronic system may allow bidders to directly participate, through electronic access to an auction site, by submitting conditional offers to buy that are subject to acceptance by us, and which may directly affect the price or other terms and conditions at which such securities are sold. These bidding or ordering systems may present to each bidder, on a so-called “real-time” basis, relevant information to assist in making a bid, such as the clearing spread at which the offering would be sold, based on the underwriterbids submitted, and whether a bidder’s individual bids would be accepted, prorated or rejected. For example, in the case of a debt security, the clearing spread could be indicated as a number of “basis points” above an index treasury note. Of course, many pricing methods can and may also be used.

Upon completion of such an electronic auction process, securities will be allocated based on prices bid, terms of bid or other factors. The final offering price at which securities would be sold and the allocation of securities among bidders would be based in whole or in part on the results of the Internet or other electronic bidding process or auction.

General Information

Agents, underwriters and dealers may distribute prospectusesbe entitled, under agreements entered into with us, to indemnification by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriterus against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Agents, underwriters and its affiliates have engaged in, anddealers may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealingstransactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. The underwriter has received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of its business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for its own account and for the accounts of its customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriter and its affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of Class A Common Stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus have been offered or will be offered to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication oftheir businesses.

a prospectus in relation to the shares of Class A Common Stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of shares of Class A Common Stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

a.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

b.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or

c.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares of Class A Common Stock shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares of Class A Common Stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Managers that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of Class A Common Stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of Class A Common Stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriter has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the underwriter and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A Common Stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A Common Stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A Common Stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

References to the Prospectus Regulation includes, in relation to the UK, the Prospectus Regulation as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

In connection with the offering, BofA Securities, Inc. is not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to its client nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the

Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of Class A Common Stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares of Class A Common Stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares of Class A Common Stock were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A Common Stock, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A Common Stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(c)

where the transfer is by operation of law; or

(d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares of Class A Common Stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities coveredoffered by this prospectus has beenwill be passed upon for us by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, Salt Lake City, Utah. In an underwritten offering of any of the securities covered by this prospectus, the underwriter will be represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California.UT.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Purple Innovation, Inc. as of December 31, 20192021 and 20182020 and for each of the three years thenin the period ended December 31, 2021 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 incorporated by reference in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been so incorporated in reliance on the reportreports of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated herein by reference, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting expresses an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and currentother reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. TheOur SEC maintains afilings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website that containsat http://www.sec.gov. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, such as us, whothat we file electronically with or furnish to the SEC. The addressSEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of that website is www.sec.gov.

Our website address is www.purple.com. Through our website, we make available,the Exchange Act can also be accessed free of charge through the following documentsInternet. These filings will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they arewe electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

We have filed with or furnishedthe SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the SEC:offering of these securities. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and the securities. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. You can obtain a copy of the registration statement, at prescribed rates, from the SEC at the address listed above. The registration statement and the documents referred to below under “Information Incorporated by Reference” are also available on our Annual ReportsInternet website, www.purple.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information on Form 10-K; our proxy statements for our annual and special stockholder meetings; our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q; our Current Reports on Form 8-K; Forms 3, 4 and 5 and Schedules 13G with respect to our securities filed on behalf of InnoHold, our directors and our executive officers; and amendments to those documents. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website, isand you should not consider it to be a part of and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

DOCUMENTSINFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporateincorporate by reference”reference into this prospectus the documents thatcertain information we file with the SEC,it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus.prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede information contained in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the following documents:documents listed below that we have previously filed with the SEC (excluding any portions of any Form 8-K that are not deemed “filed” pursuant to the General Instructions of Form 8-K):

 

  

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019,2021, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2020;

1, 2022, as amended by our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March  31, 2020, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020, and for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 14, 2020;

our Current Reports on Form 8-K10-K/A, filed with the SEC on March  30, 202016, 2022; May  15, 2020; May  15, 2020; May  18, 2020; July  27, 2020 (excluding Item 7.01); August  18, 2020; August  19, 2020 (excluding Item 7.01); August  20, 2020; August  21, 2020andSeptember 3, 2020 (excluding Item 7.01);

 

  

the description of our Class A common stock, which is contained in ourthe Registration Statement on  Form 8-A, as filed with the SEC on July 29, 2015, as updated by the description of our Class A common stock contained in Exhibit 4.6 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019,2021, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2020; and1, 2022.

all documents filed by us with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (Commission File Number 001-37540) after the date of this prospectus and before the termination of the offering contemplated hereby.

We also incorporate by reference any future filings (other than Current Reports furnished under Items 2.02 or 7.01 of Form 8-K and exhibits filed on such form that are related to such items unless such Form 8-K expressly provides to the contrary) made with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to effectivenessuntil we sell all of the registration statement,securities we are offering or the termination of the offering, excluding, in each case, information deemed furnished and not filed.

Any statement contained in this prospectus, or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein, or in any subsequently filed document that also is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

You may obtain copies of these documents,We will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, at no cost to you, from our website (www.purple.com), orthe requester, a copy of any and all of the information that is incorporated by writing or telephoning us at the following address:reference in this prospectus.

Requests for such documents should be directed to:

Purple Innovation, Inc.

Attn: Casey McGarvey

4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200

Lehi, Utah 84043

(801) 756-2600

Attention: Casey McGarvey, Chief Legal Officer

You may also access the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus through our website at www.purple.com. Except for the specific incorporated documents listed above, no information available on or through our website shall be deemed to be incorporated in this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

 

 

$100,000,000

 

LOGO

LOGO

Purple Innovation, Inc.

11,826,087 Shares of Class A Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

BofADebt Securities

Subscription Rights

Units

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

            , 2022


PARTPart II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses (other than the actual registration fee), other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the offeringsale of the securities being registered all of which will be paid by Purple Innovation, Inc. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee.

 

   Amount 

SEC registration fee

  $31,510.25 

FINRA filing fee

  $36,914.00 

Printing and engraving expenses

  $10,000.00 

Legal fees and expenses

  $130,000.00 

Accounting fees and expenses

  $85,000.00 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

  $10,000.00 

Miscellaneous

  $10,000.00 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $313,424.25 
  

 

 

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

$

FINRA filing fee

Accounting fees and expenses

*

Legal fees and expenses

*

Transfer agent fees and expenses

*

Printing and miscellaneous expenses

*

Total

$*

*

These fees are calculated based on the number of issuances and amount of securities offered and accordingly cannot be estimated at this time. An estimate of the aggregate amount of these expenses will be reflected in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (the “DGCL”)or DGCL, provides, in effect, that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by suchany person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party to any action by reason of such person beingthe fact that he is or having beenwas a director, officer, employee or agent of ours may, and in certain cases must, be indemnified by us against, in the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 iscase of a non-derivative action, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him as a result of such action, and in the case of a derivative action, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), if in either type of action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not exclusive of other rightsopposed to our best interests. This indemnification does not apply, (i) in a derivative action, to matters as to which those seeking indemnification may beit is adjudged that the director, officer, employee or agent is liable to us, unless upon court order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled underto indemnity for expenses, and, (ii) in a non-derivative action, to any bylaws, agreement, votecriminal proceeding in which such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Article VIII of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’sour Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Article VIII of our Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended, each provide for the indemnification by the Registrant of itsofficers, directors and officersthird parties acting on our behalf to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.permissible under Delaware law.

Section 102(b)(7)We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of the DGCL permits a corporationour directors, in addition to provideindemnification provided for in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.our Bylaws.

The Registrant maintainsWe maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (1) to itsour directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, while acting in their capacity as directors and officers of the Registrant,Company, and (2) to the RegistrantCompany with respect to payments which may be made by the RegistrantCompany to such officers and directors pursuant to any indemnification provision contained in the Registrant’sour Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws or otherwise as a matter of law.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

II-1


Item 16. Exhibits.

The following exhibits are included or incorporated by reference in this registration statement on Form S-3 (certain documents have been previously filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act by Purple Innovation, Inc. (Commission File Number 001-37523)):Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Title

1.1* Form of Underwriting AgreementAgreement.
  2.1#2.1(1)# Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November  2, 2017, by and among Global Partner Acquisition Corp., PRPL Acquisition, LLC, Purple Innovation, LLC, InnoHold, LLC and Global Partner Sponsor I LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on November 3, 2017)
  2.22.2(2) Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January  8, 2018, by and among Global Partner Acquisition Corp., Purple Innovation, LLC, PRPL Acquisition, LLC and other parties named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on January 8, 2018)
  2.32.3(3) Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May  14, 2018, by and among Purple Innovation, Inc., Purple Innovation, LLC, Global Partner Sponsor I LLC and InnoHold, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on May 15, 2018)
  4.12.4(4) AmendedAmendment No. 3 to Agreement and Restated CertificatePlan of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on November 6, 2019)
  4.2Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2018)
  4.3Registration Rights Agreement,Merger, dated February  2, 2018, by and among Purple Innovation, Inc., InnoHold, LLC and Global Partner Sponsor I LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2018)
  4.4Exchange Agreement, dated February  2,June  14, 2018, by and among Purple Innovation, Inc., Purple Innovation, LLC, Global Partner Sponsor I LLC and InnoHold, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2018)
  4.53.1(5) FormSecond Amended and Restated Certificate of Class A Common Stock certificateIncorporation
3.2(6)Amended and Restated Bylaws
3.3(7)Amendment No.  1 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference tointo Exhibit 4.13.3 to the current reportAnnual Report on Form 8-K10-K (File No.  001-37523) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2018)March 11, 2021)
  5.1*4.1(8)Form of Class A common stock certificate
4.2Form of senior indenture, to be entered into between the Registrant and the trustee designated therein.
4.3*Form of senior note with respect to each particular series of senior notes issued hereunder.
4.4Form of subordinated indenture to be entered into between the Registrant and the trustee designated therein.
4.5*Form of subordinated note with respect to each particular series of subordinated notes issued hereunder.
4.6*Form of warrant with respect to each warrant issued hereunder.
4.7*Certificate of designation, preferences and rights with respect to any preferred stock issued hereunder.
4.8*Form of Subscription Agreement.
4.9*Form of Unit with respect to any contractual units.
5.1 Opinion of Dorsey & Whitney LLP
23.1*23.1 Consent of BDO USA, LLPIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*23.2 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement)5.1)
24.1 PowersPower of Attorney (incorporated by reference(included on the signature page to this registration statement on Form S-3).

II-2


Exhibit
Number

Exhibit 24.1 toTitle

25.1**Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the RegistrationTrust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of designated trustee under the senior indenture.
25.2**Form T-1 Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-248507) filed withof Eligibility under the SEC on August 31, 2020)Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of designated trustee under the subordinated indenture.
107Filing Fee Table

 

*

Filed herewith.If applicable, to be filed by amendment or as an exhibit to a report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and incorporated herein by reference.

#

Schedules and exhibits to the Merger Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules and exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

II-2


**

To be filed separately under the electronic form type 305B2, if applicable.

(1)

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein

(2)

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein

(3)

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein

(4)

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein

(5)

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2019, and incorporated by reference herein.

(6)

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein

(7)

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein

(8)

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37523) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein

Item 17. Undertakings.Undertakings

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

II-3


provided, however,, that:

Paragraphs that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the CommissionSEC by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) Each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5) or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to the effective date; or

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer orand sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

II-3


(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That,

II-4


(b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act)Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(b)(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding), is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)(d) The undersigned registrantRegistrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the SEC under Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(e) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrantRegistrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4II-5


SIGNATURESSignatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrantRegistrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing this Registration Statement on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Lehi, Utah on September 8, 2020.March 16, 2022.

 

PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.
By:/s/ Robert T. DeMartini

/s/ Joseph Megibow

Name: Joseph B. Megibow
Title:

Robert T. Martini

Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Robert T. DeMartini and Casey McGarvey, and each of them singly, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Capacity in Which SignedTitle

 

Date

/s/ Joseph B. MegibowRobert T. DeMartini

Joseph B. MegibowRobert T. DeMartini

  

Chief Executive Officer (Principaland Director

(Principal Executive Officer) and DirectorOfficer)

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

/s/ Craig PhillipsBennett L. Nussbaum

Craig PhillipsBennett L. Nussbaum

  

Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)Officer)

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

*/s/ George T. Ulrich

Pano AnthosGeorge T. Ulrich

  Director

Vice President, Accounting and

Financial Reporting

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

*/s/ Paul J. Zepf

Gary DiCamilloPaul J. Zepf

  Director

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

*/s/ Pano T. Anthos

Adam GrayPano T. Anthos

  

Director

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

*/s/ Gary T. DiCamillo

Claudia HollingsworthGary T. DiCamillo

  

Director

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

*/s/ Adam L. Gray

Gary KiedaischAdam L. Gray

  

Director

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

II-6


Signature

Title

Date

*/s/ Claudia Hollingsworth

Paul ZepfClaudia Hollingsworth

  

Director

 September 8, 2020March 16, 2022

/s/ Gary A. Kiedaisch

Gary A. Kiedaisch

Director

March 16, 2022
*By:

/s/ Dawn M. Zier

Dawn M. Zier

  /s/ Casey K. McGarvey

Director

 Casey K. McGarvey
Attorney-in-FactMarch 16, 2022

 

II-5II-7